1 #LyX 2.0 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
37 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
39 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
40 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
42 % for customized page headers/footers
43 % only needed because they are only used in one section of the document
45 % change header rule width
46 \renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{2pt}
48 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
49 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
50 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
52 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
54 \options refpage,intoc,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,captions=tableheading
55 \use_default_options false
60 \maintain_unincluded_children false
62 \language_package default
67 \font_typewriter default
68 \font_default_family default
69 \use_non_tex_fonts false
76 \default_output_format default
78 \bibtex_command default
79 \index_command default
83 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
84 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
88 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
89 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
90 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
95 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
96 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false"
106 \paperorientation portrait
109 \notefontcolor #0000ff
126 \paragraph_separation indent
127 \paragraph_indentation default
128 \quotes_language english
131 \paperpagestyle default
132 \tracking_changes true
133 \output_changes false
137 \author 424524441 "rgheck"
138 \author 2090807402 "usti"
152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
154 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
156 \begin_inset CommandInset href
158 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
169 \begin_inset Newline newline
173 \begin_inset Newline newline
177 \begin_inset Note Note
180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
181 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
182 \begin_inset Newline newline
187 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
195 \begin_layout Standard
196 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
197 LatexCommand tableofcontents
204 \begin_layout Chapter
208 \begin_layout Section
212 \begin_layout Standard
213 LyX is a document preparation system.
214 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
215 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
216 It is unlike most other
217 \begin_inset Quotes eld
221 \begin_inset Quotes erd
224 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
226 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
227 \begin_inset Quotes eld
231 \begin_inset Quotes erd
235 \begin_inset Quotes eld
239 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
242 pt type, left justified, 5
243 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
247 \begin_inset Quotes erd
251 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
255 \begin_layout Standard
256 This philosophy is explained in greater detail in the
259 \begin_inset Quotes eld
263 \begin_inset Quotes erd
269 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
273 \begin_layout Standard
275 \begin_inset Quotes eld
283 \begin_inset Quotes erd
286 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
287 the format of all of the manuals.
288 If you don't read it, you will have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
289 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
292 \begin_inset Quotes eld
300 \begin_inset Quotes erd
306 \begin_layout Section
310 \begin_layout Standard
311 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
313 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
314 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
318 \begin_layout Standard
319 Note that there is no horizontal scrollbar.
320 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
321 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
323 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
324 only a vertical scrollbar.
325 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
326 The first case is large images.
327 To avoid that they are displayed larger than your screen, use in the image
334 LaTeX and LyX options
337 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
339 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
340 this doesn't work for equations yet.
343 \begin_layout Standard
344 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
350 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
352 reference "chap:The-User-Interface"
359 \begin_layout Section
363 \begin_layout Standard
364 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
365 You can read all of the manuals from inside LyX.
366 Just select the manual you want to read from the
373 \begin_layout Section
375 \begin_inset CommandInset label
377 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
384 \begin_layout Standard
385 Almost all features of LyX can be configured via the menu
387 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
391 \begin_inset Index idx
394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
400 LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
401 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
402 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults for the preferences
404 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
405 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
406 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
410 \begin_inset space \space{}
413 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
414 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
416 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
420 \begin_inset Index idx
423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
424 Reconfiguration of LyX
429 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
432 \begin_layout Section
434 \begin_inset CommandInset label
436 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
443 \begin_layout Standard
444 You can edit documents in LyX without having LaTeX installed, but you will
445 not to able to create PDFs or print your documents unless you do have it
447 However, some LyX documents use DocBook as the `backend' that can produce
448 PDFs and the like, and every LyX document can always be output as plain
452 \begin_layout Standard
453 Some document classes may depend upon specific LaTeX or DocBook classes
455 Such document classes can be used even if you do not have the required
456 files installed, but you will not be able to produce certain kinds of output.
459 \begin_layout Standard
460 The LaTeX packages that LyX has found on your system are listed in a file
461 you can view from the menu
463 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
482 If you are missing packages you need, then you must install them and then
483 reconfigure LyX (menu
485 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
489 \begin_inset Note Note
492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
493 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
494 \begin_inset Quotes eld
498 \begin_inset Quotes erd
501 from being printed with sub- and superscript letters.
502 More about TeX Code is described in section
507 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
509 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
513 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
518 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
520 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
530 \begin_inset Index idx
533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
534 Reconfiguration of LyX
539 See section 5.1 of the
543 manual for more information on installing additional LaTeX packages.
546 \begin_layout Chapter
550 \begin_layout Section
551 Basic File Operations
552 \begin_inset Index idx
555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
564 \begin_layout Standard
569 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
570 in addition to some more advanced operations:
573 \begin_layout Itemize
585 \begin_layout Itemize
603 \begin_layout Itemize
615 \begin_layout Itemize
621 \begin_layout Itemize
633 \begin_layout Itemize
643 \begin_layout Itemize
657 \begin_layout Itemize
667 \begin_layout Itemize
673 \begin_layout Itemize
679 \begin_layout Itemize
685 arg "dialog-show print"
691 \begin_layout Itemize
697 \begin_layout Standard
698 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
699 a few minor differences.
702 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
717 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
718 you for a template to use.
719 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
720 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
721 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
723 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
727 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
729 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
736 \begin_layout Standard
737 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
746 \begin_inset Quotes eld
750 \begin_inset Quotes erd
754 \begin_inset Quotes eld
758 \begin_inset Quotes erd
762 \begin_inset Quotes eld
766 \begin_inset Quotes erd
769 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
770 space is just that — a big, blank space.
778 \begin_layout Standard
799 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
804 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
829 will reload the document from disk.
830 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
831 and want to restore it to the last save.
840 you can register the changes you made to a document so that others can identify
841 them as your changes.
844 \begin_layout Section
845 Basic Editing Features
846 \begin_inset Index idx
849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
856 \begin_inset CommandInset label
858 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
865 \begin_layout Standard
866 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
867 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
868 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
869 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
871 We will start with cut and paste.
874 \begin_layout Standard
875 As you might expect, the
879 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
880 various other editing features.
881 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
885 \begin_layout Itemize
899 \begin_layout Itemize
913 \begin_layout Itemize
927 \begin_layout Itemize
937 \begin_layout Itemize
947 \begin_layout Itemize
963 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
969 \begin_layout Standard
970 The first three are self-explanatory.
972 \begin_inset Index idx
975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
981 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
990 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
993 \begin_layout Standard
996 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1001 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1003 \begin_inset space ~
1007 \begin_inset space ~
1012 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1018 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1022 \begin_inset space ~
1027 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1028 will start a new paragraph.
1031 \begin_layout Standard
1032 \begin_inset Index idx
1035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1042 \begin_inset Index idx
1045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1053 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1055 \begin_inset space ~
1059 \begin_inset space ~
1067 \begin_inset space ~
1071 \begin_inset space ~
1077 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1082 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1085 \begin_inset space ~
1094 \begin_inset space ~
1099 button to skip the current word.
1103 \begin_inset space ~
1108 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1112 \begin_inset space ~
1117 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1119 If the toggle is set, searching for
1120 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1128 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1131 will not match the word
1132 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1140 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1146 Match whole words only
1148 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, e.
1149 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1153 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1161 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1165 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1173 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1177 LyX offers also an advanced
1180 \begin_inset space ~
1184 \begin_inset space ~
1189 feature that is described in sec.
1190 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1194 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1196 reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
1203 \begin_layout Standard
1204 Things like notes, floats, etc.
1205 \begin_inset space \space{}
1209 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1213 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1217 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1219 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1224 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1231 \begin_layout Standard
1232 The content of an inset is selected using the shortcut
1235 arg "inset-select-all"
1241 arg "command-sequence buffer-begin ; buffer-end-select"
1244 selects the whole document.
1247 \begin_layout Section
1249 \begin_inset Index idx
1252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1259 \begin_inset Index idx
1262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1269 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1271 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1278 \begin_layout Standard
1279 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1280 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1283 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1286 or the toolbar button
1292 to undo some mistake.
1293 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1295 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1298 or the toolbar button
1305 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1309 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1312 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1313 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1316 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1319 \begin_layout Standard
1320 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1322 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1326 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1329 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1330 This is a consequence of the 100
1331 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1334 step undo limit, above.
1337 \begin_layout Standard
1346 work on almost everything in LyX.
1347 But they will not undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1351 \begin_layout Section
1353 \begin_inset Index idx
1356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1365 \begin_layout Standard
1366 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1369 \begin_layout Enumerate
1374 \begin_layout Itemize
1379 once anywhere in the edit window.
1380 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1384 \begin_layout Enumerate
1389 \begin_layout Itemize
1395 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1398 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1401 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1404 \begin_layout Itemize
1405 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1407 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1414 \begin_layout Enumerate
1415 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1419 \begin_layout Standard
1420 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1421 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1425 \begin_layout Section
1427 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1429 name "sec:Navigating"
1434 \begin_inset Index idx
1437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1446 \begin_layout Standard
1447 LyX offers you several ways to navigate in documents:
1450 \begin_layout Itemize
1455 menu lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can
1456 click to jump to the corresponding document part.
1459 \begin_layout Itemize
1460 The `Outline', which is accessed either by the menu
1462 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1465 or by the toolbar button
1468 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
1474 \begin_layout Itemize
1475 You can set bookmarks in your document under
1477 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1480 and use the same menu to return to them.
1481 Note that bookmarks are saved between sessions.
1484 \begin_layout Standard
1488 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
1493 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1494 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1497 ) jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1498 This is useful when you have a large document and have navigated or scrolled
1499 to another document part to look for something, and want to go back to
1500 your last editing position.
1503 \begin_layout Subsection
1507 \begin_layout Standard
1508 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1509 several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists
1510 of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen
1512 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1516 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1518 reference "sec:Cross-References"
1522 ), or notes, or citations (see sec.
1523 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1527 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1529 reference "sec:Bibliography"
1534 Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your
1538 \begin_layout Standard
1539 Right-clicking on elements in the Outline will in many cases open a context
1540 menu that will allow for direct modification of those elements.
1541 For example, with citations, the context menu allows you to open the citation
1542 dialog and to modify the citation.
1543 Right-clicking a change will allow you to accept or reject it.
1547 \begin_layout Standard
1548 The `Filter' field at the top allows you to restrict which entries appear
1550 For example, if you are displaying the list of Labels and References and
1551 wish to see only references to subsections, you can enter the text
1552 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1556 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1559 in the filter, and only entries containing that text will be displayed.
1562 \begin_layout Standard
1563 At the bottom of the outline are several buttons and the like that allow
1564 you further to control the display.
1569 option sorts the current list alphabetically.
1570 Otherwise, the elements appear in the order in which they occur in the
1576 option keeps it in the current view state.
1577 Keeping means that when you have e.
1578 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1582 \begin_inset space \space{}
1585 the subsections of section
1586 \begin_inset space ~
1589 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1590 \begin_inset space ~
1593 3, the subsections of section
1594 \begin_inset space ~
1597 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1602 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1603 \begin_inset space ~
1607 Finally, the slider at the left can be used to open the Outline to a given
1609 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1613 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1617 It is best just to experiment with it to see how it works.
1620 \begin_layout Standard
1622 \begin_inset space ~
1626 \begin_inset Graphics
1627 filename ../images/reload.png
1632 \begin_inset space ~
1635 button refreshes the TOC (though this should not usually be necessary).
1636 Next to it are buttons that allow you to change the position of sections
1639 \begin_inset space \space{}
1643 \begin_inset Graphics
1644 filename ../images/down.png
1646 groupId toolbarbuttons
1651 \begin_inset space ~
1655 \begin_inset space \space{}
1659 \begin_inset Graphics
1660 filename ../images/up.png
1662 groupId toolbarbuttons
1667 \begin_inset space ~
1670 buttons move sections up and down in the document.
1671 So, for example, you can move section
1672 \begin_inset space ~
1676 \begin_inset space ~
1679 2.4 or after section
1680 \begin_inset space ~
1684 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1686 \begin_inset Graphics
1687 filename ../images/promote.png
1689 groupId toolbarbuttons
1694 \begin_inset Graphics
1695 filename ../images/demote.png
1697 groupId toolbarbuttons
1701 (or the corresponding key bindings
1709 ) you can change the level of sections.
1710 So you can for example make section
1711 \begin_inset space ~
1715 \begin_inset space ~
1719 \begin_inset space ~
1725 \begin_layout Section
1726 Input / Word Completion
1727 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1729 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1734 \begin_inset Index idx
1737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1744 \begin_inset Index idx
1747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1778 \begin_layout Standard
1779 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1781 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1782 is used to propose completions.
1785 \begin_layout Standard
1786 The input completion can be activated in the LyX preferences (menu
1788 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1793 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1800 \begin_inset space ~
1804 \begin_inset space ~
1809 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor.
1813 \begin_inset space ~
1818 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1819 The cursor completion indicator can be turned off by deselecting the option
1823 \begin_inset space ~
1829 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
1830 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated.
1833 \begin_layout Standard
1834 LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as an indicator that there
1835 are completions available.
1840 key to accept a proposed completion.
1841 If several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1842 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1843 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1850 \begin_layout Standard
1851 The completion options for math in the preferences do the same as the correspond
1852 ing options for text.
1853 The special math option
1857 enables that characters can be composed.
1858 If you for example want to insert the character
1859 \begin_inset Formula $\Rightarrow$
1862 , you can then input the characters
1863 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1871 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1874 to a formula to get it.
1875 So this is a quick alternative to the insertion of commands or the usage
1876 of the math toolbar.
1877 A list with supported character combinations can be found in the file
1881 that is somewhere in LyX's installation folder.
1882 Math autocorrection can at any time be turned on by pressing the exclamation
1891 \begin_layout Section
1893 \begin_inset Index idx
1896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1903 \begin_inset Index idx
1906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1935 \begin_inset Index idx
1938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1969 \begin_layout Standard
1970 There are at least two different primary binding maps:
1983 , which can be changed in the LyX preferences under
1985 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1991 \begin_layout Standard
1995 \begin_inset space ~
2003 \begin_inset space ~
2024 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
2028 \begin_layout Labeling
2029 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2033 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2034 LatexCommand nomenclature
2036 description "Tabulator key"
2042 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
2043 If you do not understand this, go read sections
2044 \begin_inset space ~
2048 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2050 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2055 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2057 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
2061 , especially section
2062 \begin_inset space ~
2066 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2068 reference "sub:Lists"
2074 If you're still confused, look in the
2079 \begin_inset Newline newline
2082 In LyX the Tab key is only used to accept propositions of the input completion.
2085 \begin_layout Labeling
2086 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2090 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2091 LatexCommand nomenclature
2093 description "Escape key"
2100 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2104 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2107 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
2108 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
2111 \begin_layout Labeling
2112 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2118 \begin_inset space ~
2122 \begin_inset space ~
2129 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
2130 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
2134 \begin_layout Standard
2135 There are three modifier keys:
2138 \begin_layout Labeling
2139 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2145 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2153 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2157 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2158 LatexCommand nomenclature
2160 description "Control key"
2164 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
2165 on which keys it is used in combination with:
2169 \begin_layout Itemize
2178 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2181 \begin_layout Itemize
2190 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2193 \begin_layout Itemize
2202 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2206 \begin_layout Labeling
2207 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2213 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2221 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2225 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2226 LatexCommand nomenclature
2228 description "Shift key"
2232 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the arrow keys to select
2233 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2236 \begin_layout Labeling
2237 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2243 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2251 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2255 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2256 LatexCommand nomenclature
2258 description "Alt or Meta key"
2262 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2263 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2264 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2270 \begin_inset Newline newline
2273 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2275 menu accelerator keys
2278 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2279 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2283 \begin_layout Standard
2284 For example, the sequence
2285 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2291 \begin_inset space ~
2295 \begin_inset space ~
2301 \begin_inset space ~
2309 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2313 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2317 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2322 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2328 \begin_inset space ~
2334 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2344 \begin_layout Standard
2349 manual lists all other things bound to the
2357 \begin_layout Standard
2358 You will learn more and more key bindings and short-cut keys as you use
2359 LyX, because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar
2360 at the bottom of LyX's main window which describes the name of the action
2361 you have just triggered, and any existing key bindings for that action.
2362 The LyX menus also list the defined key bindings.
2363 The notation for the key bindings is very similar to the notation used
2364 in this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding
2366 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2367 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2375 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2382 followed by a capital
2389 \begin_layout Standard
2390 You can list or change the key bindings in the menu
2392 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2397 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2400 as explained in sec.
2401 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2405 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2407 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2414 \begin_layout Chapter
2416 \begin_inset Index idx
2419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2428 \begin_layout Section
2430 \begin_inset Index idx
2433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2442 \begin_layout Subsection
2446 \begin_layout Standard
2447 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2448 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2449 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2450 numbering schemes, and so on.
2451 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2452 and format the title of your document differently.
2455 \begin_layout Standard
2460 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2461 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2462 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2463 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2464 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2467 \begin_layout Standard
2468 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2469 how to adjust their properties.
2472 \begin_layout Subsection
2474 \begin_inset Index idx
2477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2484 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2486 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2493 \begin_layout Standard
2494 You can select a class using the
2496 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2497 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2501 \begin_inset Index idx
2504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2511 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2515 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2519 \begin_layout Standard
2520 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2524 \begin_layout Description
2525 Article for basic articles
2528 \begin_layout Description
2529 Report for basic reports
2532 \begin_layout Description
2533 Book for writing a book
2536 \begin_layout Description
2537 Letter for US-style letters
2540 \begin_layout Standard
2541 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2542 installed the corresponding LaTeX class files, though most LaTeX distributions
2543 will include many of these.
2544 Here are some of the classes.
2545 The full list with detailed explanations can be found in chapter
2547 Special Document Classes
2556 \begin_layout Description
2557 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2560 \begin_layout Description
2561 ACS For submissions to the journals published by the American Chemistry
2565 \begin_layout Description
2566 AGU For submissions to the journals published by the American Geophysical
2570 \begin_layout Description
2571 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2572 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2573 There are three article layouts available.
2574 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2575 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2576 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2577 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2579 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2582 sequential numbering
2583 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2586 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2587 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2588 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2589 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2592 \begin_layout Description
2593 Beamer Layout for presentations
2596 \begin_layout Description
2597 Broadway Layout for writing plays.
2598 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one that is distributed
2602 \begin_layout Description
2603 Chess Layout to write about chess games
2606 \begin_layout Description
2608 \begin_inset space ~
2611 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2614 \begin_layout Description
2615 Elsarticle Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2618 \begin_layout Description
2619 Foils Used to make transparencies
2622 \begin_layout Description
2623 Hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2624 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one that is distributed
2628 \begin_layout Description
2629 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2630 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2633 \begin_layout Description
2634 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2637 \begin_layout Description
2638 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2641 \begin_layout Description
2642 KOMA-Script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2643 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2644 (Is used by this document.)
2647 \begin_layout Description
2648 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2651 \begin_layout Description
2652 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2655 \begin_layout Description
2660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2667 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2668 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2670 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2673 \begin_layout Description
2674 Slides Used to make transparencies
2677 \begin_layout Description
2679 \begin_inset space ~
2682 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2683 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2686 \begin_layout Description
2687 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2690 \begin_layout Standard
2691 We will not go into detail about how to use these different document classes
2693 You can find details about the non-standard classes in Chapter 6 of the
2699 Here, we will settle for a list of some of the common properties of all
2700 of the document classes.
2703 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2707 \begin_layout Standard
2708 You will probably find that many of the document classes listed under
2710 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2711 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2713 \begin_inset Index idx
2716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2725 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2729 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2733 If you open a document that uses such a class, you will receive a warning
2734 saying that there are files that are required to produce output that are
2736 So it may seem that something is wrong.
2739 \begin_layout Standard
2741 LyX includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use,
2742 and some of them, like
2746 , are highly specialized.
2747 LyX tries to support as many different types of documents as possible,
2748 and it includes almost one hundred different layout files, with a growing
2750 No LaTeX distribution will install by default all files that might be needed
2751 by some document class.
2752 There are just too many of them.
2753 That is why some of the document classes are unavailable.
2756 \begin_layout Standard
2757 If there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as
2758 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2762 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2765 , you just need to install the appropriate package files.
2766 The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to use that
2767 document class for a new file.
2768 LyX will display a dialog that will list the missing files.
2770 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2773 Installing new LaTeX files
2774 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2781 manual for information on how to install them.
2782 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
2788 \begin_layout Standard
2789 Although LyX provides support for many different sorts of documents, it
2790 does not include support for every document class people might want to
2792 For example, many universities provide LaTeX class files to be used for
2793 dissertations submitted to those universities.
2794 The LyX team cannot write layout files to support every one of these.
2796 Fortunately, users can write their own layout files, and many users have
2799 \begin_inset space ~
2806 manual contains information on how to create layout files.
2809 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2811 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2818 \begin_inset Index idx
2821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2830 \begin_layout Standard
2831 Modules load additional features that are not by default available in the
2832 chosen document class.
2833 For example you might want to write Braille (embossed printing) in a document.
2834 This is not available in any document class, so you have to load the correspond
2841 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2845 \begin_inset Index idx
2848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2855 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of what
2859 \begin_layout Standard
2860 Some modules require LaTeX packages or file format converters that are not
2861 always installed by default.
2862 LyX will warn you if you do not have a needed package or converter, and
2863 it will tell you what exactly you are missing.
2864 You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not
2865 be able to export to PDF or print your document, since LyX will not be
2866 able to compile the LaTeX file without the missing prerequisites.
2867 If you want to be able to produce this kind of output, then you need to
2868 install the missing prerequisites and then reconfigure LyX by selecting
2871 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2875 \begin_inset Index idx
2878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2879 Reconfiguration of LyX
2885 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2888 Installing new LaTeX files
2889 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2896 manual for more information on installing needed packages.
2899 \begin_layout Standard
2900 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2908 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2909 LyX will advise you about these things.
2917 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2919 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2921 name "sub:Local-Layout"
2926 \begin_inset Index idx
2929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2930 Document ! Local Layout
2938 \begin_layout Standard
2939 Modules are to LyX much as packages are to LaTeX: They are intended to be
2940 used in a variety of different documents.
2941 If you often find yourself needing the same sort of thing in different
2942 documents, you should consider writing a module for this purpose.
2943 Sometimes, however, a particular document has very special needs, but you
2944 need a specific inset or character style only that one time.
2945 You want something that is like a document's own LaTeX preamble.
2946 What you want is LyX's
2947 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2951 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2963 manual for information on how to use it.
2966 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2970 \begin_layout Standard
2971 Each class has a default set of options.
2972 Here's a quick table describing them:
2975 \begin_layout Standard
2976 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2982 \begin_layout Standard
2984 \begin_inset Tabular
2985 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2986 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
2987 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2988 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2989 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2990 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2991 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3445 \begin_layout Standard
3446 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3452 \begin_layout Standard
3453 You're probably also wondering what
3454 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3458 \begin_inset space ~
3462 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3466 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3467 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3472 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3477 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3487 headings, there are also
3495 headings, and so on.
3496 We will describe these headings fully in section
3497 \begin_inset space ~
3501 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3503 reference "sub:Headings"
3510 \begin_layout Subsection
3512 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3514 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3519 \begin_inset Index idx
3522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3531 \begin_inset Index idx
3534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3543 \begin_layout Standard
3544 The most important properties of document classes are set in the menu
3546 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3553 \begin_inset space ~
3561 \begin_inset space ~
3566 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3568 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3569 to use for your document.
3570 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3574 \begin_layout Standard
3581 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3587 \begin_inset space ~
3592 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3593 You can choose between the following five options:
3596 \begin_layout Labeling
3597 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3602 Use default page style of current class.
3605 \begin_layout Labeling
3606 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3611 No page numbers or headings.
3614 \begin_layout Labeling
3615 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3623 \begin_layout Labeling
3624 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3629 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3630 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3631 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3634 \begin_layout Labeling
3635 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3640 This allows you to define fully customizable headers and footers if you
3641 have the LaTeX-package
3646 \begin_inset Index idx
3649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3650 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3656 How they are defined is explained in section
3657 \begin_inset space ~
3661 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3663 reference "sec:Customized-Page-Headers"
3670 \begin_layout Standard
3671 The separation of paragraphs is described in section
3672 \begin_inset space ~
3676 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3678 reference "sub:Paragraph-Separation"
3685 \begin_layout Subsection
3686 Paper Size and Orientation
3687 \begin_inset Index idx
3690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3691 Document ! Paper size
3697 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3699 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation"
3706 \begin_layout Standard
3707 You can find the following options in the menu
3710 \begin_inset space ~
3717 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3723 \begin_inset Index idx
3726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3735 \begin_layout Labeling
3736 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3740 \begin_inset space ~
3745 What size paper to print on.
3750 \begin_layout Itemize
3756 \begin_layout Itemize
3762 \begin_layout Itemize
3768 \begin_layout Itemize
3774 \begin_layout Itemize
3777 US letter, US legal, US executive
3780 \begin_layout Itemize
3786 \begin_layout Itemize
3793 \begin_layout Labeling
3794 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3799 To choose whether to output as
3810 \begin_layout Labeling
3811 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3815 \begin_inset space ~
3820 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3821 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3824 \begin_layout Subsection
3826 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3833 \begin_inset Index idx
3836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3843 \begin_inset Index idx
3846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3855 \begin_layout Standard
3856 Paper margins are set in the menu
3858 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3862 \begin_inset Index idx
3865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3874 \begin_layout Standard
3875 If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings.
3876 Because KOMA-Script calculates then the print space automatically by taking
3877 the paper format and the font size into account.
3880 \begin_layout Subsection
3884 \begin_layout Standard
3885 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3890 That includes the paragraph environments.
3891 Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document
3892 classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3893 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX will mark the
3894 paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as
3895 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3899 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3903 The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to
3905 But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you
3906 will either need to create a new style yourself or else convert these paragraph
3907 s manually to a style present in your new document class.
3910 \begin_layout Section
3911 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3912 \begin_inset Index idx
3915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3916 Paragraph ! Indentation
3924 \begin_layout Subsection
3926 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3928 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3935 \begin_layout Standard
3936 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3937 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3940 \begin_layout Standard
3941 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3942 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3943 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3944 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3948 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3954 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3955 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3956 language than English.
3957 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3960 \begin_layout Standard
3961 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3962 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
3964 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3965 LyX takes care of that.
3966 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3968 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3969 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3970 of a page, and so on.
3974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3975 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3980 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3981 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3985 of these pre-coded spacings.
3986 We will explain more later.
3989 \begin_layout Subsection
3990 Paragraph Separation
3991 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3993 name "sub:Paragraph-Separation"
3998 \begin_inset Index idx
4001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4002 Paragraph ! Separation
4010 \begin_layout Standard
4011 To separate paragraphs, select
4022 \begin_inset space ~
4029 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4033 \begin_inset Index idx
4036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4042 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
4045 \begin_layout Subsection
4049 \begin_layout Standard
4050 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
4053 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4055 \begin_inset space ~
4060 dialog and toggle the
4063 \begin_inset space ~
4068 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
4071 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
4075 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
4076 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
4080 \begin_layout Standard
4081 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
4082 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
4085 \begin_layout Subsection
4087 \begin_inset Index idx
4090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4091 Paragraph ! Line spacing
4099 \begin_layout Standard
4102 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4106 \begin_inset Index idx
4109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4118 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
4121 \begin_inset space ~
4130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4131 You need to have the LaTeX-package
4136 \begin_inset Index idx
4139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4140 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
4145 installed to use this feature.
4153 \begin_layout Section
4154 Paragraph Environments
4155 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4157 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
4162 \begin_inset Index idx
4165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4166 Paragraph ! Environments
4172 \begin_inset Index idx
4175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4176 Paragraph environments|(
4184 \begin_layout Subsection
4188 \begin_layout Standard
4189 Paragraph environments correspond to the
4192 \begin_layout Standard
4211 \begin_inset Newline newline
4214 command sequence in LaTeX files.
4215 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4216 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4225 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4228 \begin_layout Standard
4229 A paragraph environment is simply a
4230 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4234 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4237 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4238 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4239 scheme, labels, and so on.
4240 Additionally, you can
4241 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4248 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4249 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4250 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4251 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4252 days of typewriters.
4253 There are several paragraph environments that are specific to a particular
4255 We will only be covering the most common ones here.
4258 \begin_layout Standard
4259 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
4260 \begin_inset Graphics
4261 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
4267 at the left end of the toolbar.
4268 LyX will change the environment of the
4272 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4273 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4274 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4278 \begin_layout Standard
4287 create a new paragraph using the
4291 paragraph environment.
4293 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4297 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4300 because if you are in one of these environments:
4303 \begin_layout Itemize
4309 \begin_layout Itemize
4315 \begin_layout Itemize
4321 \begin_layout Itemize
4327 \begin_layout Itemize
4333 \begin_layout Itemize
4339 \begin_layout Itemize
4345 \begin_layout Standard
4346 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4350 , rather than resetting it to
4355 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4356 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4357 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4358 \begin_inset space ~
4362 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4364 reference "sec:Nesting"
4369 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4374 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4375 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4379 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4385 \begin_layout Subsection
4389 \begin_layout Standard
4390 The default paragraph environment is
4395 It creates a plain paragraph.
4396 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4397 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4398 this manual) are in the
4405 \begin_layout Standard
4406 You can nest a paragraph using the
4410 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4418 \begin_layout Subsection
4420 \begin_inset Index idx
4423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4432 \begin_layout Standard
4433 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4435 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4439 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4442 for thanks or contact information.
4443 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4444 page along with today's date.
4445 For other types of documents, the title
4446 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4450 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4453 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4457 \begin_layout Standard
4458 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4472 Here's how you use them:
4475 \begin_layout Itemize
4476 Put the title of your document in the
4483 \begin_layout Itemize
4484 Put the author name in the
4491 \begin_layout Itemize
4492 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4493 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4499 Note that using this environment is optional.
4500 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4501 If you don't want any date, add the line
4502 \begin_inset Newline newline
4512 \begin_inset Newline newline
4515 to the preamble of your document (menu
4517 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4523 \begin_layout Standard
4524 You can use footnotes to insert
4525 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4529 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4532 or contact information.
4535 \begin_layout Subsection
4537 \begin_inset Index idx
4540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4547 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4556 \begin_layout Standard
4557 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4558 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4561 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4563 \begin_inset Index idx
4566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4567 Section headings ! Numbered
4575 \begin_layout Standard
4576 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4580 \begin_layout Enumerate
4586 \begin_layout Enumerate
4592 \begin_layout Enumerate
4598 \begin_layout Enumerate
4604 \begin_layout Enumerate
4610 \begin_layout Enumerate
4616 \begin_layout Enumerate
4622 \begin_layout Standard
4623 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4624 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4625 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4628 \begin_layout Standard
4629 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4630 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4631 You group the book into chapters.
4632 LyX does similar grouping:
4635 \begin_layout Itemize
4640 is divided into either
4651 \begin_layout Itemize
4663 \begin_layout Itemize
4675 \begin_layout Itemize
4687 \begin_layout Itemize
4699 \begin_layout Itemize
4711 \begin_layout Standard
4712 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4720 Not all document types use the
4724 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4729 is the top-level heading.
4737 \begin_layout Standard
4742 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4743 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4745 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4747 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4751 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4757 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4759 \begin_inset Index idx
4762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4763 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4771 \begin_layout Standard
4772 The unnumbered section headings have a
4773 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4777 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4780 at the end of their name.
4781 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but will not appear in
4782 the table of contents, see section
4783 \begin_inset space ~
4787 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4796 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4797 Changing the Numbering
4798 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4800 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4807 \begin_layout Standard
4808 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4809 in the Table of Contents.
4810 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4812 Certain classes start with
4826 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4836 This is something you can change.
4839 \begin_layout Standard
4842 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4846 \begin_inset Index idx
4849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4858 \begin_inset space ~
4862 \begin_inset space ~
4867 you will see two counters.
4872 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4874 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4878 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4879 Short Titles of Headings
4880 \begin_inset Index idx
4883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4884 Section headings ! Short titles
4890 \begin_inset Argument
4893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4900 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4902 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4909 \begin_layout Standard
4910 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4911 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4912 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4913 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4916 \begin_layout Standard
4917 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4918 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4919 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4920 To specify a short title, use the menu
4922 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4924 \begin_inset space ~
4930 This will insert a box labeled
4931 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4935 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4939 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4943 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4946 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4947 This also works for captions inside floats.
4950 \begin_layout Standard
4951 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4954 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4958 \begin_layout Standard
4959 The following information applies to all section headings:
4962 \begin_layout Itemize
4963 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4966 \begin_layout Itemize
4967 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4970 \begin_layout Itemize
4971 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4974 \begin_layout Itemize
4975 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4978 \begin_layout Subsection
4979 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4982 \begin_layout Standard
4983 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4997 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4998 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4999 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
5000 the text they contain.
5001 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
5009 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
5012 \begin_layout Standard
5013 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
5022 when you start a new paragraph.
5023 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
5027 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
5028 Of course, that means that, once you are done typing in that poem, you
5029 have to change back to the
5033 environment yourself.
5042 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5049 \begin_inset Index idx
5052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5061 \begin_layout Standard
5062 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
5063 time for the differences.
5072 are identical except for one difference:
5076 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
5085 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
5088 \begin_layout Standard
5089 Here's an example of the
5102 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
5104 See – no indentation!
5108 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
5109 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
5110 the other paragraph.
5113 \begin_layout Standard
5114 Here's another example, this time in the
5121 \begin_layout Quotation
5127 If I keep writing, you will see the indentation.
5128 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
5129 the first line, then
5133 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
5137 you were quoting other text.
5140 \begin_layout Quotation
5141 Here's a new paragraph.
5142 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
5143 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
5146 \begin_layout Standard
5147 As the examples show,
5151 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
5152 They should put quotes in the
5157 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
5161 paragraph environment for quoted text.
5164 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5170 \begin_inset Index idx
5173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5182 \begin_inset Index idx
5185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5192 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5201 \begin_layout Standard
5206 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
5212 \begin_inset Newline newline
5215 Which I did not rehearse!
5219 It could be much worse.
5220 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
5222 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
5223 indented a bit more than the first.
5224 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
5230 \begin_inset Newline newline
5233 And make things look fine
5234 \begin_inset Newline newline
5240 arg "newline-insert newline"
5246 \begin_layout Standard
5251 does not indent both margins.
5252 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5253 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5260 arg "newline-insert newline"
5266 \begin_layout Subsection
5268 \begin_inset Index idx
5271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5278 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5287 \begin_layout Standard
5288 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5298 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5307 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5308 We will present the individual details of each type of list next after
5309 describing some general features of all four of them.
5312 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5316 \begin_layout Standard
5317 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5319 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5328 reset the environment to
5332 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5333 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5334 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5338 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5341 to break paragraphs.
5344 \begin_layout Standard
5345 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5346 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5348 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5349 you read all of section
5350 \begin_inset space ~
5354 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5356 reference "sec:Nesting"
5364 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5370 \begin_inset Index idx
5373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5380 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5389 \begin_layout Standard
5390 The first type of list we will describe in detail is the
5394 paragraph environment.
5395 It has the following properties:
5398 \begin_layout Itemize
5399 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5403 \begin_layout Itemize
5404 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5407 \begin_layout Itemize
5408 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5412 \begin_layout Itemize
5413 The items can have any length.
5414 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5415 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5422 \begin_layout Itemize
5427 environment inside another
5431 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5435 \begin_layout Itemize
5436 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5439 \begin_layout Itemize
5440 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5443 \begin_layout Itemize
5445 \begin_inset space ~
5449 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5451 reference "sec:Nesting"
5455 for a full explanation of nesting.
5459 \begin_layout Standard
5460 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5469 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5472 \begin_layout Standard
5473 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5474 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5477 \begin_layout Itemize
5478 The label for the first level
5482 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5486 \begin_layout Itemize
5487 The label for the second level is a dash.
5491 \begin_layout Itemize
5492 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5496 \begin_layout Itemize
5497 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5501 \begin_layout Itemize
5502 Back out to the third level.
5506 \begin_layout Itemize
5507 Back to the second level.
5511 \begin_layout Itemize
5512 Back to the outermost level.
5515 \begin_layout Standard
5516 These are the default labels for an
5521 You can customize these labels in the
5523 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5526 dialog in the submenu
5533 \begin_inset Index idx
5536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5545 \begin_layout Standard
5546 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5547 We will explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5549 \begin_inset space ~
5553 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5555 reference "sec:Nesting"
5562 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5568 \begin_inset Index idx
5571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5578 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5580 name "sec:Enumerate"
5587 \begin_layout Standard
5592 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5593 It has these properties:
5596 \begin_layout Enumerate
5597 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5601 \begin_layout Enumerate
5602 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5606 \begin_layout Enumerate
5607 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5610 \begin_layout Enumerate
5615 environment resets the counter to one.
5618 \begin_layout Enumerate
5631 \begin_layout Enumerate
5632 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5633 Items can have any length.
5636 \begin_layout Enumerate
5637 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5640 \begin_layout Enumerate
5641 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5644 \begin_layout Enumerate
5645 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5649 \begin_layout Standard
5658 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5659 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5666 \begin_layout Enumerate
5667 The first level of an
5671 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5675 \begin_layout Enumerate
5676 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5680 \begin_layout Enumerate
5681 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5685 \begin_layout Enumerate
5686 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5689 \begin_layout Enumerate
5690 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5695 \begin_layout Enumerate
5696 Back to the third level
5700 \begin_layout Enumerate
5701 Back to the second level.
5705 \begin_layout Enumerate
5706 Back to the outermost level.
5709 \begin_layout Standard
5710 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5715 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5720 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5724 \begin_layout Standard
5725 There is more to nesting
5729 environments than we've stated here.
5730 You should read section
5731 \begin_inset space ~
5735 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5737 reference "sec:Nesting"
5741 to learn more about nesting.
5744 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5750 \begin_inset Index idx
5753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5762 \begin_layout Standard
5763 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5767 list has no fixed label.
5768 Instead, LyX uses the first
5769 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5773 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5776 of the first line as the label.
5780 \begin_layout Description
5781 Example: This is an example of the
5788 \begin_layout Standard
5789 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5793 \begin_layout Standard
5795 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5799 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5802 it is meant that the first hit of the
5806 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5808 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5816 arg "space-insert protected"
5821 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5822 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5824 \begin_inset space ~
5830 \begin_inset space ~
5834 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5836 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5840 for more info.) Here is an example:
5843 \begin_layout Description
5845 \begin_inset space ~
5848 Example: This one shows how to use a
5851 \begin_inset space ~
5863 \begin_layout Description
5864 Usage: You should use the
5868 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5869 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5871 It's not a good idea to use a
5875 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5876 You're better off using
5888 paragraphs into them.
5891 \begin_layout Description
5892 Nesting: You can nest
5896 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5900 \begin_layout Standard
5901 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5902 them from the first line.
5905 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5911 \begin_inset Index idx
5914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5923 \begin_layout Standard
5928 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5931 \begin_layout Standard
5932 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5940 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
5945 environment is named
5957 \begin_layout Standard
5966 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5967 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5970 \begin_layout Labeling
5971 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5973 \begin_inset space ~
5976 labels LyX uses the first
5977 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5981 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5984 of each line as the item label.
5989 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5990 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5991 blank as described above.
5994 \begin_layout Labeling
5995 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5996 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5997 the body of the item text.
5998 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5999 label width plus a little extra space.
6003 \begin_layout Labeling
6004 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6006 \begin_inset space ~
6009 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
6011 If the label width is larger, the label
6012 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6016 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6019 into the first line.
6020 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
6021 margin of the rest of the item text.
6024 \begin_layout Labeling
6025 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6027 \begin_inset space ~
6030 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
6035 environment has the same left margin.
6036 \begin_inset Newline newline
6039 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
6042 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6044 \begin_inset space ~
6053 \begin_inset space ~
6058 determines the default label width.
6059 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
6061 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6065 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6068 multiple times instead.
6069 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
6071 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6075 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6078 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
6081 \begin_inset space ~
6086 every time you alter a label in a
6091 \begin_inset Newline newline
6094 The predefined default width is the length of
6095 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6099 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6103 \begin_inset space ~
6108 \begin_inset Newline newline
6112 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6120 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
6121 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
6129 \begin_layout Standard
6134 environment the same way as the
6138 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
6144 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
6148 \begin_layout Standard
6153 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6155 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
6157 \begin_inset space ~
6161 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6163 reference "sec:Nesting"
6167 to learn about nesting.
6170 \begin_layout Standard
6171 There is yet another feature of the
6175 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
6177 You can use additional
6181 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
6186 are documented in section
6187 \begin_inset space ~
6191 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6193 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
6198 Here are some examples:
6201 \begin_layout Labeling
6202 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6203 Left The default for
6210 \begin_layout Labeling
6211 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6212 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6219 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
6222 \begin_layout Labeling
6223 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6224 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6228 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6235 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
6238 \begin_layout Subsection
6240 \begin_inset Index idx
6243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6252 \begin_layout Standard
6253 To use the features described in this section, you must load the module
6256 Customisable Lists (enumitem)
6258 in the document settings.
6259 This loads the features of the LaTeX-package
6264 \begin_inset Index idx
6267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6268 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
6276 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6277 Custom Enumerate Lists
6278 \begin_inset Index idx
6281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6282 Lists ! Enumerate ! Custom
6290 \begin_layout Standard
6292 The default numbering of numbered lists can be changed by adding an optional
6295 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6298 ) to the first item of each level in the list.
6299 There you add the command
6302 \begin_layout Standard
6310 \begin_layout Standard
6311 in TeX Code (shortcut
6321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6322 For more about TeX Code, look at section
6323 \begin_inset space ~
6327 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6329 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
6342 is hereby the counter of the enumeration in the first level.
6349 outputs the counter as small Roman numeral.
6350 For capital Roman numerals replace in the command above
6363 For Arabic numerals use
6371 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6375 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6378 items with capital or small Latin letters use
6393 \begin_layout Standard
6395 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6403 You can only number 26
6404 \begin_inset space ~
6407 items with Latin letters, because this numbering is limited to single letters.
6415 \begin_layout Standard
6416 To change the numbering for the list sublevels, replace the 'i' in the command
6417 by the small Roman numeral of the level (enumi, enumii, enumiii, enumiv).
6420 \begin_layout Standard
6421 As example a list with custom numbering:
6424 \begin_layout Enumerate
6425 \begin_inset Argument
6428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6454 \begin_layout Enumerate
6455 \begin_inset Argument
6458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6481 \begin_layout Enumerate
6486 \begin_layout Enumerate
6487 \begin_inset Argument
6490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6514 \begin_layout Enumerate
6515 \begin_inset Argument
6518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6544 \begin_layout Standard
6545 For this list these commands were used:
6548 \begin_layout Standard
6559 \begin_inset Newline newline
6567 \begin_inset Newline newline
6575 \begin_inset Newline newline
6585 \begin_layout Standard
6592 makes the label emphasized and
6601 \begin_layout Standard
6602 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6610 When you changed the label of a list level, it will be used for all following
6611 lists until you change the definition.
6619 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6621 \begin_inset Index idx
6624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6625 Lists ! Enumerate ! Resumed
6633 \begin_layout Standard
6634 Enumerations can be resumed after intermediate paragraphs:
6637 \begin_layout Enumerate
6638 \begin_inset Argument
6641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6660 \begin_inset Note Note
6663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6664 goes back to default numbering
6672 \begin_layout Enumerate
6676 \begin_layout Standard
6680 \begin_layout Enumerate-Resume
6684 \begin_layout Standard
6685 To resume an enumeration, use the style
6690 Its numbering appears in blue within LyX to indicate that it is a resumed
6691 list and that the numbering will not be correct in LyX, but in the output.
6694 \begin_layout Standard
6695 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6703 If there is no previous enumeration to resume, you will get a LaTeX error.
6711 \begin_layout Standard
6712 Perhaps you might want to resume the list with a different number than the
6714 Or you want to start a new enumeration with a defined number.
6715 This is possible by adding an optional argument to the first list item
6716 of a normal enumeration.
6717 There, insert the command
6720 \begin_layout Standard
6726 \begin_layout Standard
6731 is the number with which you want to resume the list.
6735 \begin_layout Enumerate
6739 \begin_layout Enumerate
6743 \begin_layout Standard
6744 Enumeration starting at a given value:
6747 \begin_layout Enumerate
6748 \begin_inset Argument
6751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6767 This enumeration starts at 4
6770 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6772 \begin_inset Index idx
6775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6784 \begin_layout Standard
6785 In some cases you might want less or more vertical space between the items
6787 For example if the default space is too much in your opinion in this case:
6790 \begin_layout Itemize
6794 \begin_layout Itemize
6795 with standard spacing
6798 \begin_layout Standard
6799 You can decrease the space by adding an optional argument to the first item
6801 Add there the command
6805 to get no additional list space like in this example:
6808 \begin_layout Itemize
6809 \begin_inset Argument
6812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6831 \begin_layout Itemize
6835 \begin_layout Itemize
6839 \begin_layout Standard
6840 To add space you can use several other commands provided by the LaTeX-package
6846 \begin_inset Index idx
6849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6850 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
6856 For more info see its documentation,
6857 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
6866 \begin_layout Standard
6867 There are also many commands available to change the horizontal spacing
6869 Here is an example where the indentation was changed to that of the paragraphs
6870 in the document and the label separation was set to 2
6871 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6874 cm so that the number is in the page margin:
6877 \begin_layout Enumerate
6878 \begin_inset Argument
6881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6889 parindent, labelsep=2cm
6902 \begin_layout Enumerate
6903 with negative indentation
6906 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6907 Further Customization
6908 \begin_inset Index idx
6911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6912 Lists ! Customization
6920 \begin_layout Standard
6921 You can also change the style of description lists.
6925 \begin_layout Standard
6931 \begin_layout Standard
6932 changes the description label font, the command
6935 \begin_layout Standard
6941 \begin_layout Standard
6942 sets the list style.
6945 \begin_layout Standard
6946 An example where the command
6949 \begin_layout Standard
6954 itshape, style=nextline
6957 \begin_layout Standard
6961 \begin_layout Description
6963 \begin_inset space ~
6967 \begin_inset Argument
6970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6976 labelindent=0pt, labelsep=1cm, font=
6978 itshape, style=nextline
6988 Ionizing radiation consists of particles or electromagnetic waves that are
6989 energetic enough to detach electrons from atoms or molecules, therefore
6993 \begin_layout Description
6995 \begin_inset space ~
6998 counting: In computer science, reference counting is a technique of storing
6999 the number of references, pointers, or handles to a resource such as an
7000 object, block of memory, disk space or other resource.
7003 \begin_layout Standard
7004 There are many more commands and features provided by the LaTeX-package
7010 \begin_inset Index idx
7013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7014 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
7020 For more info see its documentation,
7021 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
7030 \begin_layout Subsection
7032 \begin_inset Index idx
7035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7044 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7052 \begin_inset space ~
7060 \begin_layout Standard
7061 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
7069 \begin_inset space ~
7075 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
7076 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
7077 In contrast, you can use the
7084 \begin_inset space ~
7089 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
7090 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
7094 \begin_layout Standard
7095 Of course, you're not limited to using
7102 \begin_inset space ~
7111 \begin_inset space ~
7116 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
7117 some European academic papers.
7120 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7122 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7124 name "sec:Address-Usage"
7131 \begin_layout Standard
7136 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
7137 for the opening and signature in some countries.
7141 \begin_inset space ~
7146 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
7147 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
7148 Here's an example of each:
7151 \begin_layout Right Address
7153 \begin_inset Newline newline
7157 \begin_inset Newline newline
7161 \begin_inset Newline newline
7164 When is it? What is today?
7167 \begin_layout Standard
7171 \begin_inset space ~
7177 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
7178 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
7179 Here's an example of the
7186 \begin_layout Address
7188 \begin_inset Newline newline
7191 Where do I send this
7192 \begin_inset Newline newline
7195 Your post office and country
7198 \begin_layout Standard
7199 As you can see, both
7206 \begin_inset space ~
7211 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
7216 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
7222 This makes sense, since
7230 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
7231 Thus, you have to use
7238 arg "newline-insert newline"
7244 \begin_inset space ~
7247 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7249 \begin_inset space ~
7258 menu) to start a new line in an
7265 \begin_inset space ~
7273 \begin_layout Subsection
7277 \begin_layout Standard
7278 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
7279 or list of references.
7280 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
7283 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7287 \begin_inset Index idx
7290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7299 \begin_layout Standard
7304 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
7305 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
7306 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
7307 Also, don't bother trying to nest
7311 in anything else or vice versa.
7317 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
7318 The book document classes ignores the
7322 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
7326 in a letter document class.
7329 \begin_layout Standard
7334 environment does several things for you.
7335 First, it puts the centered label
7336 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7340 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7344 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
7346 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
7347 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
7348 the subsequent text.
7349 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
7350 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
7353 \begin_layout Standard
7354 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
7358 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7359 The new paragraph will still be in the
7364 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
7365 finish entering the abstract of your document.
7368 \begin_layout Standard
7369 \begin_inset Float figure
7374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7376 \begin_inset Graphics
7377 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
7384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7385 \begin_inset Caption
7387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7388 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7390 name "fig:Paragraph-in-the"
7411 \begin_layout Standard
7412 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
7416 environment, but since this document is in the
7417 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7421 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7424 class, we can't do this.
7425 We inserted it therefore as figure
7426 \begin_inset space ~
7430 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7432 reference "fig:Paragraph-in-the"
7437 If you've never heard of an
7438 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7442 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7445 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
7448 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7454 \begin_inset Index idx
7457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7464 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7466 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
7473 \begin_layout Standard
7478 environment is used to list references.
7479 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
7480 only use it at the end of the document.
7485 in anything else or vice versa will not work.
7488 \begin_layout Standard
7489 When you first open a
7493 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
7494 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7498 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7502 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7506 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7509 depending on the document class.
7510 The heading is in a large boldface font.
7511 Each paragraph of the
7515 environment is a bibliography entry.
7520 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7521 Each new paragraph is still in the
7528 \begin_layout Standard
7529 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
7530 by using a BibTeX database.
7531 For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra
7532 phy handling, have a look at section
7533 \begin_inset space ~
7537 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7539 reference "sec:Bibliography"
7546 \begin_layout Subsection
7550 \begin_inset Index idx
7553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7554 Paragraph ! LyX code
7560 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7569 \begin_layout Standard
7574 environment is another LyX extension.
7575 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
7580 key as a fixed whitespace;
7584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7596 \begin_inset space ~
7601 instead of an end-of-word marker.
7606 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
7607 If you need to insert blank lines, you will still need to use
7610 arg "newline-insert newline"
7627 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7628 So, when you finish using the
7632 environment, you will need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
7633 Also, you can nest the
7637 environment inside of others.
7640 \begin_layout Standard
7641 There are a few quirks with this environment:
7644 \begin_layout Itemize
7648 arg "newline-insert newline"
7651 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
7652 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7656 \begin_inset space \space{}
7666 arg "newline-insert newline"
7672 \begin_layout Itemize
7676 arg "newline-insert newline"
7687 \begin_layout Itemize
7692 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
7699 \begin_layout Itemize
7703 arg "space-insert protected"
7710 \begin_layout Itemize
7711 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
7712 You must put at least one
7716 in any line you want blank.
7717 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
7720 \begin_layout Itemize
7721 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
7725 since that will insert
7730 You get the typewriter double quotes with
7733 arg "self-insert \""
7739 \begin_layout Standard
7743 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7747 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7751 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7755 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7759 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7760 printf("Hello World!
7765 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7769 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7773 \begin_layout Standard
7774 This is just the standard
7775 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7779 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7786 \begin_layout Standard
7791 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
7792 rc-files, and so on.
7793 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
7794 as if you used a typewriter.
7795 \begin_inset Index idx
7798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7799 Paragraph environments|)
7804 For longer parts of programming code, use the listings inset that is described
7807 Program Code Listings
7812 \begin_inset space ~
7820 \begin_layout Section
7821 Nesting Environments
7822 \begin_inset Index idx
7825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7826 Nesting ! Environments
7832 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7841 \begin_layout Subsection
7845 \begin_layout Standard
7846 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
7848 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
7850 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
7852 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
7854 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7858 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7864 \begin_layout Enumerate
7868 \begin_layout Enumerate
7873 \begin_layout Enumerate
7877 \begin_layout Enumerate
7882 \begin_layout Enumerate
7886 \begin_layout Standard
7887 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
7888 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
7891 \begin_inset space ~
7895 \begin_inset space ~
7903 \begin_inset space ~
7907 \begin_inset space ~
7916 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
7917 will tell you how far you are nested).
7918 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
7921 arg "depth-increment"
7927 arg "depth-decrement"
7930 or the convenient key bindings
7941 arg "depth-increment"
7947 arg "depth-decrement"
7950 to change the nesting level.
7951 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
7952 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
7956 \begin_layout Standard
7957 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
7958 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
7959 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
7960 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
7963 \begin_layout Standard
7964 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
7965 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
7967 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
7970 \begin_layout Subsection
7971 What You Can and Can't Nest
7974 \begin_layout Standard
7975 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
7976 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
7979 \begin_layout Standard
7980 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
7981 complicated than a simple yes or no.
7982 There are three types of paragraph environments:
7985 \begin_layout Itemize
7986 Completely unnestable
7989 \begin_layout Itemize
7990 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
7994 \begin_layout Itemize
7995 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
7999 \begin_layout Standard
8000 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
8001 environments have them:
8004 \begin_layout Description
8005 Unnestable Can't nest them.
8006 Can't nest into them.
8010 \begin_layout Itemize
8016 \begin_layout Itemize
8022 \begin_layout Itemize
8028 \begin_layout Itemize
8034 \begin_layout Itemize
8041 \begin_layout Description
8043 \begin_inset space ~
8046 Nestable You can nest them.
8047 You can nest other things into them.
8051 \begin_layout Itemize
8057 \begin_layout Itemize
8063 \begin_layout Itemize
8069 \begin_layout Itemize
8075 \begin_layout Itemize
8081 \begin_layout Itemize
8087 \begin_layout Itemize
8093 \begin_layout Itemize
8100 \begin_layout Description
8101 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
8102 You can't nest anything into them.
8106 \begin_layout Itemize
8112 \begin_layout Itemize
8118 \begin_layout Itemize
8124 \begin_layout Itemize
8130 \begin_layout Itemize
8136 \begin_layout Itemize
8142 \begin_layout Itemize
8148 \begin_layout Itemize
8154 \begin_layout Itemize
8160 \begin_layout Itemize
8166 \begin_layout Itemize
8172 \begin_layout Itemize
8178 \begin_layout Itemize
8184 \begin_layout Itemize
8188 \begin_inset space ~
8194 \begin_layout Itemize
8201 \begin_layout Standard
8202 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8210 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
8219 \begin_inset space ~
8223 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8227 \begin_inset space \space{}
8230 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
8231 well-structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
8232 section headings violate this.
8240 \begin_layout Subsection
8241 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
8242 \begin_inset Index idx
8245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8246 Nesting ! Tables etc.
8254 \begin_layout Standard
8255 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
8256 affected by nesting anyhow.
8260 \begin_layout Itemize
8264 \begin_layout Itemize
8268 \begin_layout Itemize
8272 \begin_layout Standard
8274 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8282 Figures and tables in
8286 are not affected by this.
8291 Have a look at section
8292 \begin_inset space ~
8296 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8298 reference "sec:Floats"
8302 for more information about
8309 \begin_layout Standard
8310 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
8311 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
8315 \begin_layout Standard
8316 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
8317 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8321 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8324 of its own, it behaves just like a
8325 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8329 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8332 paragraph environment.
8333 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
8337 \begin_layout Standard
8338 Here's an example with a table:
8341 \begin_layout Enumerate
8346 \begin_layout Enumerate
8347 This is (a) and it's nested.
8351 \begin_layout Standard
8352 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8358 \begin_layout Standard
8360 \begin_inset Tabular
8361 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8362 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8363 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8364 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8448 \begin_layout Standard
8449 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8456 \begin_layout Enumerate
8458 The table is actually nested inside (a).
8462 \begin_layout Enumerate
8466 \begin_layout Standard
8467 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
8470 \begin_layout Enumerate
8475 \begin_layout Enumerate
8476 This is (a) and it's nested.
8480 \begin_layout Standard
8481 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8487 \begin_layout Standard
8489 \begin_inset Tabular
8490 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8491 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8492 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8493 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8577 \begin_layout Standard
8578 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8584 \begin_layout Enumerate
8591 In fact, it's not nested at all.
8594 \begin_layout Enumerate
8598 \begin_layout Standard
8599 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
8603 \begin_layout Standard
8604 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
8606 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
8609 \begin_layout Enumerate
8614 \begin_layout Enumerate
8615 This is (a) and it's nested.
8618 \begin_layout Standard
8619 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8625 \begin_layout Standard
8627 \begin_inset Tabular
8628 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8629 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8630 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8631 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8716 \begin_layout Standard
8717 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8723 \begin_layout Enumerate
8725 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
8732 \begin_layout Enumerate
8736 \begin_layout Standard
8737 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
8743 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
8744 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
8748 \begin_layout Subsection
8749 Usage and General Features
8752 \begin_layout Standard
8753 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
8755 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8759 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8762 is the innermost possible depth.
8763 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
8766 \begin_layout Enumerate
8767 level #1 – outermost
8771 \begin_layout Enumerate
8776 \begin_layout Enumerate
8781 \begin_layout Enumerate
8786 \begin_layout Itemize
8791 \begin_layout Itemize
8800 \begin_layout Standard
8801 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
8802 both of them in the example.
8803 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
8813 For example, if we tried to nest another
8818 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8822 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8825 , we would get errors.
8828 \begin_layout Subsection
8830 \begin_inset Index idx
8833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8842 \begin_layout Standard
8843 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
8844 We have several examples of nested environments.
8845 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
8849 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8850 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
8853 \begin_layout Labeling
8854 \labelwidthstring MMM
8855 #1-a This is the outermost level.
8864 \begin_layout Labeling
8865 \labelwidthstring MMM
8866 #2-a This is level #2.
8867 We created it by using
8870 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8876 arg "depth-increment"
8883 \begin_layout Labeling
8884 \labelwidthstring MMM
8885 #3-a This is level #3.
8886 This time, we just hit
8893 arg "depth-increment"
8897 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
8901 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8907 arg "depth-increment"
8914 \begin_layout Standard
8919 environment, nested inside of
8920 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8924 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8928 So, it's at level #4.
8929 We did this by hitting
8932 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8938 arg "depth-increment"
8941 , then changing the paragraph environment to
8946 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
8962 \begin_layout Standard
8967 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
8970 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8976 \begin_layout Labeling
8977 \labelwidthstring MMM
8978 #4-a This is level #4.
8982 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8985 and changed the paragraph environment back to
8990 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
8994 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
8999 keep nesting things inside
9000 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9004 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9011 \begin_layout Labeling
9012 \labelwidthstring MMM
9013 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9018 \begin_layout Labeling
9019 \labelwidthstring MMM
9020 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9021 and this is level #6.
9022 By now, you should know how we made these two.
9026 \begin_layout Labeling
9027 \labelwidthstring MMM
9028 #5-b Back to level #5.
9032 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9038 arg "depth-decrement"
9045 \begin_layout Labeling
9046 \labelwidthstring MMM
9050 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9056 arg "depth-decrement"
9059 , we're back at level #4.
9063 \begin_layout Labeling
9064 \labelwidthstring MMM
9065 #3-b Back to level #3.
9066 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
9070 \begin_layout Labeling
9071 \labelwidthstring MMM
9072 #2-b Back to level #2.
9077 \begin_layout Labeling
9078 \labelwidthstring MMM
9079 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
9080 After this sentence, we will hit
9084 and change the paragraph environment back to
9091 \begin_layout Standard
9092 We could have also used the
9108 environment in place of the
9113 The example would have worked exactly the same.
9116 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9117 Example 2: Inheritance
9120 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9121 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
9124 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9133 arg "depth-increment"
9136 , after which, we will change to the
9144 \begin_layout Enumerate
9149 environment, at level #2.
9152 \begin_layout Enumerate
9153 Notice how the nested
9157 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
9161 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
9165 \begin_layout Standard
9166 We ended this example by hitting
9171 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
9175 and reset the nesting depth by using
9178 arg "depth-decrement"
9184 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9185 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
9194 \begin_inset Argument
9197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9198 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
9206 \begin_layout Enumerate
9207 This is level #1, in an
9211 paragraph environment.
9212 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
9216 \begin_layout Enumerate
9221 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9227 arg "depth-increment"
9231 Now, what happens if we nest an
9235 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
9236 label be? An asterisk?
9240 \begin_layout Itemize
9250 environment, even though it's at level #3.
9251 So, its label is a bullet.
9252 (We got here by using
9255 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9261 arg "depth-increment"
9264 , then changing the environment to
9272 \begin_layout Itemize
9273 Here's level #4, produced using
9276 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9282 arg "depth-increment"
9286 We will do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9291 \begin_layout Enumerate
9292 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9294 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
9299 Notice the type of numbering, it is
9303 , because we are in the
9312 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9331 \begin_layout Enumerate
9336 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
9337 type of numbering does LyX use?
9340 \begin_layout Enumerate
9341 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
9344 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9347 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
9350 \begin_layout Enumerate
9354 arg "depth-decrement"
9357 to decrease the depth after the next
9360 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9367 \begin_layout Enumerate
9369 Look what type of label LyX is using!
9373 \begin_layout Enumerate
9375 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
9376 numeral as the label.Why?
9379 \begin_layout Enumerate
9380 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
9389 Notice, however, that LyX
9393 reset the counter for the label.
9397 \begin_layout Enumerate
9401 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9407 arg "depth-decrement"
9410 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
9411 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
9412 into the twofold-nested
9420 \begin_layout Enumerate
9421 The same thing happens if we do another
9424 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9430 arg "depth-decrement"
9433 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
9436 \begin_layout Standard
9437 Lastly, we reset the environment to
9442 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
9456 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
9462 The same rule applies for the
9466 environment, as well.
9469 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9470 Example 4: Going Bonkers
9473 \begin_layout Enumerate
9474 We're going to go totally nuts now.
9475 We will not nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into
9476 the same detail with how we did it.
9485 \begin_layout Standard
9493 arg "depth-increment"
9500 : level #2) We will stick an encapsulated description of how we created
9501 the example in parentheses someplace.
9502 For example, the two key bindings are how we changed the depth.
9503 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
9504 Either before or after this, we will put in the level.
9508 \begin_layout Enumerate
9513 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
9518 Now we will add verse.
9519 \begin_inset Newline newline
9522 It will get much worse.
9523 \begin_inset Newline newline
9533 arg "depth-increment"
9544 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
9545 \begin_inset Newline newline
9548 Bippitey boppitey boo!
9549 \begin_inset Newline newline
9555 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9568 \begin_layout Standard
9569 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
9575 \begin_layout Standard
9577 \begin_inset Tabular
9578 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
9579 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9580 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9581 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
9586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
9624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9670 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9680 arg "depth-increment"
9686 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9696 arg "depth-decrement"
9703 \begin_layout Enumerate
9708 : level #1) This is another item.
9709 Note that selecting a
9713 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
9714 3 times to put the table inside the
9722 \begin_layout Quotation
9723 We're now ending the
9727 list and changing to
9732 We're still at level #1.
9733 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
9734 The next set of paragraphs is a
9735 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9739 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9742 We will nest both the
9749 \begin_inset space ~
9754 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
9758 for the letter body.
9762 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9765 to preserve the depth.
9766 Remember that you need to use
9769 arg "newline-insert newline"
9772 to create multiple lines inside the
9779 \begin_inset space ~
9789 \begin_layout Right Address
9791 \begin_inset Newline newline
9794 Moosegroin, MT 00100
9795 \begin_inset Newline newline
9801 \begin_layout Address
9803 \begin_inset space ~
9809 \begin_layout Quotation
9810 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
9811 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9814 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
9815 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
9816 a backlog in our orders for methane.
9817 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
9818 as soon as possible.
9819 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
9822 \begin_layout Quotation
9823 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
9824 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
9825 with your order, along with payment.
9828 \begin_layout Quotation
9829 We thank you again for your patience.
9832 \begin_layout Address
9834 \begin_inset Newline newline
9841 \begin_layout Quotation
9842 That ends that example!
9845 \begin_layout Standard
9846 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
9847 just a few keystrokes.
9848 We could have easily nested an
9869 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
9872 \begin_layout Section
9873 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
9874 \begin_inset Index idx
9877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9886 \begin_layout Standard
9887 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
9888 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
9889 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
9890 be broken at the end of a line.
9891 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
9895 \begin_layout Subsection
9897 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9899 name "sub:Protected-Space"
9904 \begin_inset Index idx
9907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9916 \begin_layout Standard
9917 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
9919 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky line breaks, like in:
9923 Further documentation is given in section
9924 \begin_inset Newline newline
9928 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9930 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9938 \begin_layout Standard
9939 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
9940 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9944 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9948 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9952 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9954 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9959 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9963 A protected space is set with
9965 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9966 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9970 \begin_inset space ~
9980 arg "command-alternatives space-insert protected ; math-space"
9986 \begin_layout Subsection
9988 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9990 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9995 \begin_inset Index idx
9998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9999 Spacing ! Horizontal
10007 \begin_layout Standard
10008 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
10010 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10011 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10015 The length units are listed in Appendix
10016 \begin_inset space ~
10020 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10022 reference "chap:Units-available-in"
10029 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10031 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10033 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
10038 \begin_inset Index idx
10041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10042 Spaces ! Inter-word
10050 \begin_layout Standard
10052 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10056 \begin_inset space \space{}
10059 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
10060 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
10061 \begin_inset space ~
10065 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10067 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
10072 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
10073 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
10076 arg "space-insert normal"
10082 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10084 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10086 name "sub:Thin-Space"
10091 \begin_inset Index idx
10094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10103 \begin_layout Standard
10105 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10109 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10112 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
10113 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10117 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10121 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
10122 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
10123 inside abbreviations:
10126 \begin_layout Quote
10128 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10132 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
10135 \begin_layout Standard
10136 or between values and units.
10137 Compare for example this:
10138 \begin_inset Newline newline
10142 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10146 \begin_inset Newline newline
10149 10 kg (normal space
10152 \begin_layout Standard
10153 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
10155 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10156 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10158 \begin_inset space ~
10166 arg "space-insert thin"
10172 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10176 \begin_layout Standard
10177 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
10180 \begin_layout Description
10182 \begin_inset space ~
10186 \begin_inset space ~
10189 space A line with a
10190 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10194 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
10198 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10201 Negative thin space between the arrows.
10204 \begin_layout Description
10206 \begin_inset space ~
10210 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10214 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10218 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
10222 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10226 \begin_inset space ~
10230 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10233 em) space between the arrows.
10236 \begin_layout Description
10238 \begin_inset space ~
10242 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10246 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10250 \begin_inset space \quad{}
10254 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10258 \begin_inset space ~
10262 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10265 em) space between the arrows.
10268 \begin_layout Description
10270 \begin_inset space ~
10274 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10278 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10282 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
10286 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10290 \begin_inset space ~
10294 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10297 em) space between the arrows.
10300 \begin_layout Description
10302 \begin_inset space ~
10306 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10310 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
10315 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10319 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10322 cm space between the arrows.
10325 \begin_layout Standard
10327 \begin_inset space ~
10331 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10333 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
10337 lists the different space sizes.
10340 \begin_layout Standard
10341 \begin_inset Float table
10346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10348 \begin_inset Caption
10350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10351 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10353 name "tab:Width-of-the"
10357 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
10365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10367 \begin_inset Tabular
10368 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
10369 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
10370 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
10371 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
10373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10411 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10435 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10459 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10483 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10498 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10511 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10526 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10539 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10554 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10567 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10588 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10594 \begin_inset Index idx
10597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10606 \begin_layout Standard
10607 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
10608 in a uniform fashion.
10609 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
10610 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
10611 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
10612 equally between themselves.
10615 \begin_layout Standard
10616 Here are a few examples of what you can do with them:
10619 \begin_layout Quote
10621 This is on the left side
10622 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10625 This is on the right
10628 \begin_layout Quote
10631 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10635 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10641 \begin_layout Quote
10644 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10648 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10652 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10658 \begin_layout Standard
10659 That was an example in the
10665 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10669 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10673 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10676 is one in a standard paragraph.
10677 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
10681 sitting in-between the two arrows.
10684 \begin_layout Standard
10685 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
10688 \begin_inset space ~
10693 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
10696 \begin_layout Standard
10698 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
10702 \begin_inset space ~
10708 \begin_layout Standard
10710 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
10714 \begin_inset space ~
10720 \begin_layout Standard
10722 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
10726 \begin_inset space ~
10732 \begin_layout Standard
10734 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
10738 \begin_inset space ~
10744 \begin_layout Standard
10746 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
10750 \begin_inset space ~
10756 \begin_layout Standard
10758 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
10762 \begin_inset space ~
10768 \begin_layout Standard
10769 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10777 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
10781 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
10782 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
10783 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
10787 option in the space dialog.
10795 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10797 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10799 name "sub:Phantom-Space"
10804 \begin_inset Index idx
10807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10816 \begin_layout Standard
10817 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
10819 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10823 \begin_inset space \space{}
10826 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
10829 \begin_layout Standard
10830 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10833 What is correct English?:
10834 \begin_inset Newline newline
10838 \begin_inset Newline newline
10842 \begin_inset space ~
10845 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
10846 \begin_inset Newline newline
10850 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10861 \begin_inset Newline newline
10865 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10876 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10882 \begin_layout Standard
10883 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
10884 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10888 \begin_inset space ~
10892 \begin_inset space ~
10896 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10900 To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the menu
10902 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10903 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10907 In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two
10909 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10913 \begin_inset space ~
10917 \begin_inset space ~
10921 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10924 into the phantom inset (note the space after
10925 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10929 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10933 A phantom insets prints only the space of its content (like a placeholder).
10934 That is why it is named
10935 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10939 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10943 The normal phantom outputs the width and height of the content as space,
10944 while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding
10948 \begin_layout Subsection
10950 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10952 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
10957 \begin_inset Index idx
10960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10969 \begin_layout Standard
10970 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
10972 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10973 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10975 \begin_inset space ~
10981 There you find the following sizes:
10984 \begin_layout Standard
10997 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
11002 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
11004 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11008 \begin_inset Index idx
11011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11012 Document ! Settings
11017 for the paragraph separation.
11018 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
11029 \begin_layout Standard
11035 \begin_inset Index idx
11038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11044 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
11045 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
11047 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
11048 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
11057 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
11061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11066 s are described in section
11067 \begin_inset space ~
11071 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11073 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
11082 If there are several
11086 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
11087 You can therefore use
11091 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
11094 \begin_layout Standard
11099 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
11100 \begin_inset space ~
11104 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11106 reference "chap:Units-available-in"
11113 \begin_layout Standard
11114 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11124 If the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
11125 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
11137 \begin_layout Subsection
11138 Paragraph Alignment
11141 \begin_layout Standard
11142 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
11144 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11148 There are five possibilities:
11151 \begin_layout Itemize
11159 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
11165 \begin_layout Itemize
11173 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
11179 \begin_layout Itemize
11187 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
11193 \begin_layout Itemize
11201 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
11207 \begin_layout Itemize
11215 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
11221 \begin_layout Standard
11222 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
11223 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
11224 the left and right margins.
11225 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
11228 \begin_layout Standard
11230 This paragraph is right aligned,
11233 \begin_layout Standard
11235 this one is centered,
11238 \begin_layout Standard
11240 this one is left aligned.
11243 \begin_layout Subsection
11245 \begin_inset Index idx
11248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11249 Page breaks ! Forced
11255 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11257 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
11264 \begin_layout Standard
11265 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the page breaks in your document, you
11266 can force a page break where you want one.
11267 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
11268 Only if you use a lot of
11272 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
11275 \begin_layout Standard
11276 We recommend not to use forced page breaks until the text is finished and
11277 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
11281 have to change the page breaking.
11284 \begin_layout Standard
11285 There are two types of page breaks: One that ends the page without any special
11287 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
11289 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11290 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11292 \begin_inset space ~
11298 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
11300 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11301 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11303 \begin_inset space ~
11308 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
11310 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
11311 on which only the last few lines are absent.
11314 \begin_layout Standard
11315 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
11316 at the top of a page.
11317 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
11318 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
11319 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
11320 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
11322 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11324 reference "chap:Floats-and-Notes"
11328 to learn more about
11335 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11337 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11339 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
11344 \begin_inset Index idx
11347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11348 Page breaks ! Clear
11356 \begin_layout Standard
11357 Rather than forced page breaks where the content behind the break is placed
11358 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
11359 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
11360 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
11361 it, if necessary by adding pages.
11364 \begin_layout Standard
11365 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
11367 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11368 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11370 \begin_inset space ~
11376 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
11378 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11379 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11381 \begin_inset space ~
11385 \begin_inset space ~
11390 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
11391 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
11394 \begin_layout Subsection
11396 \begin_inset Index idx
11399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11406 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11408 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
11415 \begin_layout Standard
11416 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
11418 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
11420 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11421 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11423 \begin_inset space ~
11427 \begin_inset space ~
11435 arg "newline-insert newline"
11439 Another type that is inserted via the menu
11441 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11442 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11444 \begin_inset space ~
11448 \begin_inset space ~
11453 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
11455 This is useful to avoid
11456 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11460 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11463 in justified paragraphs due to possible whitespace introduced by line breaks.
11466 \begin_layout Standard
11467 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
11468 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
11469 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
11470 set a line break, e.
11471 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11475 \begin_inset space \space{}
11478 in a poem or for an address (see sections
11479 \begin_inset space ~
11483 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11485 reference "sec:Quote"
11490 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11492 reference "sec:Verse"
11497 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11499 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
11506 \begin_layout Subsection
11508 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11510 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
11515 \begin_inset Index idx
11518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11527 \begin_layout Standard
11529 \begin_inset CommandInset line
11540 \begin_layout Standard
11544 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11545 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11547 \begin_inset space ~
11552 you can insert horizontal lines.
11553 The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline
11554 of the current text line or the paragraph.
11555 The line settings can be changed by left-clicking on the line.
11558 \begin_layout Standard
11560 \begin_inset CommandInset line
11571 \begin_layout Section
11572 Characters and Symbols
11575 \begin_layout Standard
11576 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
11577 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
11578 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11582 \begin_inset space \space{}
11585 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
11587 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11591 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11593 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
11597 for information on how this is done.
11600 \begin_layout Standard
11601 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
11606 dialog via the menu
11608 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11609 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11615 \begin_layout Standard
11616 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11624 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
11625 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
11626 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
11634 \begin_layout Section
11635 Fonts and Text Styles
11636 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11638 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
11645 \begin_layout Subsection
11647 \begin_inset Index idx
11650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11659 \begin_layout Standard
11660 There are two types of fonts:
11663 \begin_layout Description
11665 \begin_inset space ~
11669 \begin_inset Index idx
11672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11678 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (e.
11679 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11683 characters) in the font.
11684 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
11685 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
11686 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
11687 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
11688 This means that vector fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
11689 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
11690 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
11691 \begin_inset Newline newline
11694 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
11695 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
11696 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
11697 sizes than at small ones.
11698 \begin_inset Newline newline
11712 \begin_inset space ~
11720 \begin_layout Description
11722 \begin_inset space ~
11726 \begin_inset Index idx
11729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11735 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
11736 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
11737 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
11738 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
11739 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
11740 picture manipulation program.
11741 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
11742 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
11743 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
11744 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
11745 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
11747 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
11748 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
11749 \begin_inset Newline newline
11752 Bitmap fonts are named
11755 \begin_inset space ~
11760 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
11763 \begin_layout Standard
11764 The result of all this is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they are
11765 designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
11766 So one needs fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
11767 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
11768 use scalable fonts.
11771 \begin_layout Standard
11772 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
11773 its document properties.
11776 \begin_layout Standard
11777 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
11778 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
11779 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
11780 font to emphasize text, you use an
11781 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11785 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11789 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
11790 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
11794 \begin_layout Subsection
11796 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11798 name "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
11805 \begin_layout Standard
11806 Traditionally, LaTeX uses its own fonts.
11807 That is to say, you cannot directly access the fonts installed on your
11808 operating system, but you have to use specific fonts provided by your LaTeX
11810 The reason is that LaTeX needs some extra information about the fonts,
11811 which have to be provided by additional files and packages.
11812 The downside of this is that your font choice is somewhat limited, compared
11813 to usual word processors.
11814 On the other hand this comes with the advantage that the provided fonts
11815 are generally of very good quality, and that LaTeX files are very portable
11816 across different machines.
11817 Also, the range of fonts supported by traditional LaTeX was increased a
11818 lot meanwhile so that you can find packages for many free and commercial
11820 In LyX, only a subset of these are directly selectable via the user interface
11822 \begin_inset space ~
11826 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11828 reference "sub:Document-Font"
11833 However, all others are available if you enter the respective LaTeX code
11834 in the document preamble (please refer to the documentation of your desired
11838 \begin_layout Standard
11839 Recent developments brought some new LaTeX engines that are also able to
11840 directly access fonts that are installed for your operating system, namely
11842 Both engines are supported by LyX.
11843 By using them, you can use theoretically any OpenType or TrueType font
11844 that is installed on your system.
11845 The next section describes how to use these fonts.
11848 \begin_layout Standard
11849 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11857 In practice, some fonts might fail due to bad metrics and other font deficienci
11858 es; so you might have to experiment.
11866 \begin_layout Standard
11867 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11875 XeTeX and especially LuaTeX, are still rather new and thus not as mature
11876 as traditional LaTeX or PDFTeX.
11884 \begin_layout Subsection
11885 Document Font and Font size
11886 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11888 name "sub:Document-Font"
11893 \begin_inset Index idx
11896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11903 \begin_inset Index idx
11906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11915 \begin_layout Standard
11916 You can set the document fonts in the
11918 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11922 \begin_inset Index idx
11925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11926 Document ! Settings
11936 section of the dialog, you can specify which font should be used for the
11937 three different font shapes — roman (serif),
11940 \begin_inset space ~
11949 (monospaced) — you can specify the base font size and scaling factors for
11950 (some) sans serif and typewriter fonts if this is necessary to fit with
11954 \begin_layout Standard
11961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11970 , you will have access to the fonts installed on your operating system.
11971 This requires that you use
11977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12016 as the output format, i.
12017 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12021 \begin_inset space \space{}
12024 you will have to have either XeTeX or LuaTeX installed (see section
12025 \begin_inset space ~
12029 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12031 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
12036 You will then not have access to TeX's own fonts.
12037 Note that LyX then lists all available fonts in each of the three lists
12039 \begin_inset space ~
12042 serif, and typewriter), since LyX cannot determine the family.
12043 Also note that the output might fail with some of the listed fonts, due
12044 to the encoding of the fonts and\SpecialChar \slash{}
12046 LyX cannot determine this in advance, so you might need to experiment.
12049 \begin_layout Standard
12050 If you use TeX fonts (which is the default), the possible options for the
12055 and a list of fonts available with your LaTeX distribution.
12060 the font that is preset by the current document class is used.
12061 In most cases, this will be the standard TeX font, known as
12062 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12068 \begin_inset space ~
12074 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12082 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12087 European Computer Modern
12090 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12097 ), but some classes preset different default fonts.
12100 \begin_layout Standard
12109 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixelated in PDF output, especially
12110 when you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
12114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12115 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
12118 \begin_inset space ~
12123 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
12129 To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font.
12130 Depending on how your document should look like, you can either:
12133 \begin_layout Itemize
12137 \begin_inset space ~
12142 fonts, which is the recommended choice if you want to keep the look of
12155 \begin_inset space ~
12160 was developed for the LaTeX community in order to replace
12164 as the default font.
12165 It covers a huge range of glyphs and several font shapes.
12166 Except for some details, where the appearance was improved,
12169 \begin_inset space ~
12182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12183 One difference is improved kerning.
12191 \begin_layout Itemize
12195 \begin_inset space ~
12199 \begin_inset space ~
12204 fonts in (the rare) case that
12207 \begin_inset space ~
12212 is not available to you or does not work, and you still want to emulate
12227 Virtual means that it
12228 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12232 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12239 -glyphs from other fonts.
12240 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
12242 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12246 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12250 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12254 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12262 Loading the LaTeX-package
12267 \begin_inset Index idx
12270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12271 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
12276 with the document preamble line
12277 \begin_inset Newline newline
12284 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
12285 \begin_inset Newline newline
12290 will fix the guillemet problem.
12295 and that accented characters are not
12299 glyph, but built of
12303 characters, the accent and the letter.
12304 Therefore you cannot search for words with accented characters in documents
12310 If you search for example for the French word
12311 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12315 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12318 in a PDF, you will not get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches
12320 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12324 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12327 and not for the glyph
12328 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12332 \begin_inset space ~
12336 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12342 \begin_layout Itemize
12343 If you do not like the look of
12351 , you can of course select one of the other provided vector fonts, e.
12352 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12356 \begin_inset space ~
12362 \begin_inset space ~
12372 Most roman vector fonts will automatically select matching sans
12373 \begin_inset space ~
12376 serif and typewriter fonts,
12380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12381 These are sometimes just matching other fonts (e.
12382 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12388 \begin_inset space ~
12397 for sans serif text), or different shapes of the same font, i.
12398 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12402 \begin_inset space \space{}
12410 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12414 \begin_inset space \space{}
12420 \begin_inset space ~
12428 \begin_inset space ~
12438 but you can also select your own.
12439 \begin_inset Newline newline
12442 The differences between roman,
12445 \begin_inset space ~
12454 fonts are explained in section
12455 \begin_inset space ~
12459 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12461 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12466 \begin_inset Newline newline
12472 \begin_inset space ~
12477 was originally designed for newspapers.
12478 Its glyphs are thus smaller than glyphs from other fonts in order to fit
12479 into the small newspaper columns.
12483 \begin_inset space ~
12488 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
12491 \begin_layout Standard
12492 For the font size there are generally four possible values:
12505 Some classes provide additional sizes.
12510 depends on the class you are using.
12511 In the standard classes it is equal to the font size 10.
12514 \begin_layout Standard
12515 Note that the font size is the
12520 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
12521 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
12522 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
12525 \begin_inset space ~
12531 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
12532 \begin_inset space ~
12536 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12538 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12545 \begin_layout Standard
12550 selection lets you specify whether the base font of your document should
12552 \begin_inset space ~
12555 serif or typewriter.
12560 selection uses what is preset by the class, the other selections override
12570 , but some classes (such as presentation classes) also use other defaults.
12573 \begin_layout Standard
12582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12591 selection is an expert setting which lets you change the value passed to
12597 \begin_inset Index idx
12600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12601 LaTeX-packages ! fontenc
12607 \begin_inset space ~
12611 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12613 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
12618 Normally, you do not need to change (or even understand) this.
12619 Unless you have specific reasons, use
12626 \begin_layout Standard
12627 With some fonts, the checkboxes
12629 Use Old Style Figures
12633 Use True Small Caps
12636 These are extra features some fonts provide.
12639 Use Old Style Figures
12641 is checked, old style figures (also known as medieval or text figures)
12643 Old style figures are the numerals (0
12644 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12648 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12651 9) with ascenders and descenders, which makes them fit nicely with lower
12655 Use True Small Caps
12657 determines that real small caps are used instead of faked small caps made
12658 of scaled capitals.
12659 Real small caps are often part of expert font sets; they generally look
12660 better than faked small caps but might have to be purchased separately.
12663 \begin_layout Standard
12668 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
12669 a font to display the script characters.
12673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12674 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
12679 \begin_inset Index idx
12682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12683 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
12688 So this has no effect for the document language
12704 \begin_layout Standard
12705 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
12709 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12717 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
12721 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
12722 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
12723 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
12725 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12728 dialog, see section
12729 \begin_inset space ~
12733 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12735 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
12747 \begin_layout Subsection
12748 Using Different Character Styles
12749 \begin_inset Index idx
12752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12759 \begin_inset Index idx
12762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12771 \begin_layout Standard
12772 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
12773 certain paragraph environments.
12774 LyX supports two character styles,
12783 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
12787 \begin_layout Standard
12792 style, do one of the following:
12795 \begin_layout Itemize
12796 click on the toolbar button
12805 \begin_layout Itemize
12806 use the key binding
12815 \begin_layout Standard
12816 These commands are all toggles.
12821 style is already active, they deactivate it.
12824 \begin_layout Standard
12825 One typically uses the
12829 style for proper names.
12831 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12838 is the original author of LyX.
12839 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12845 \begin_layout Standard
12846 A more widely used character style is the
12851 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
12858 \begin_layout Itemize
12859 clicking on the toolbar button
12868 \begin_layout Itemize
12869 using the keybindings
12878 \begin_layout Standard
12883 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
12884 es use a different font.
12887 \begin_layout Standard
12888 We've been using the
12892 style all over the place in this document.
12893 Here's one more example:
12896 \begin_layout Quotation
12899 Do not overuse character styles!
12902 \begin_layout Standard
12903 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
12904 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
12905 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
12906 the common tendency to overuse character style.
12910 \begin_layout Standard
12911 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
12919 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12921 \begin_inset space ~
12929 \begin_layout Subsection
12930 Fine-Tuning with the
12935 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12937 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12942 \begin_inset Index idx
12945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12954 \begin_layout Standard
12955 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
12956 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
12957 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
12958 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
12959 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
12960 from ordinary dialog.
12963 \begin_layout Standard
12964 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
12965 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
12966 \begin_inset Newline newline
12969 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
12970 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
12973 \begin_layout Standard
12974 To use custom character styles, open the
12976 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12978 \begin_inset space ~
12981 Style\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12984 dialog or press the toolbar button
12987 arg "dialog-show character"
12991 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
12992 font property that you can choose.
12993 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
12996 \begin_inset space ~
13001 , which keeps the current state of that property.
13006 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
13007 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
13008 environments in a snap.
13011 \begin_layout Standard
13012 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
13015 \begin_inset space ~
13027 \begin_layout Labeling
13028 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13034 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13038 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13042 The possible options are:
13046 \begin_layout Labeling
13047 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13052 This is the Roman font family.
13053 Normally a serif font.
13054 It's also the default family.
13064 \begin_layout Labeling
13065 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13069 \begin_inset space ~
13076 This is the Sans Serif font family.
13088 \begin_layout Labeling
13089 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13096 This is the Typewriter font family.
13102 arg "font-typewriter"
13111 \begin_layout Labeling
13112 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13117 This corresponds to the print weight.
13122 \begin_layout Labeling
13123 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13128 This is the Medium font series.
13129 It's also the default series.
13132 \begin_layout Labeling
13133 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13140 This is the Bold font series.
13153 \begin_layout Labeling
13154 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13159 As the name implies.
13164 \begin_layout Labeling
13165 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13170 This is the Upright font shape.
13171 It's also the default shape.
13174 \begin_layout Labeling
13175 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13189 s the Italic font shape
13195 \begin_layout Labeling
13196 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13203 This is the Slanted font shape
13205 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
13208 \begin_layout Labeling
13209 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13213 \begin_inset space ~
13220 This is the Small caps font shape
13227 \begin_layout Labeling
13228 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13233 Alters the size of the font.
13234 You will find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually
13235 proportional to the document font size.
13236 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
13237 what you want to do.
13242 \begin_layout Labeling
13243 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13251 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13255 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13264 arg "font-size tiny"
13270 \begin_layout Labeling
13271 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13279 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13283 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13292 arg "font-size scriptsize"
13298 \begin_layout Labeling
13299 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13307 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13311 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13320 arg "font-size footnotesize"
13326 \begin_layout Labeling
13327 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13335 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13339 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13348 arg "font-size small"
13354 \begin_layout Labeling
13355 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13361 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13365 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13369 It's also the default size.
13373 arg "font-size normal"
13379 \begin_layout Labeling
13380 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13388 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13392 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13401 arg "font-size large"
13407 \begin_layout Labeling
13408 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13416 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13420 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13429 arg "font-size larger"
13435 \begin_layout Labeling
13436 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13444 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13448 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13457 arg "font-size largest"
13463 \begin_layout Labeling
13464 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13472 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13476 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13485 arg "font-size huge"
13491 \begin_layout Labeling
13492 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13500 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13504 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13513 arg "font-size giant"
13519 \begin_layout Labeling
13520 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13525 This increases the size by one step (for instance, from
13526 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13530 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13534 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13538 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13545 arg "font-size increase"
13551 \begin_layout Labeling
13552 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13557 This decreases the size by one step (for instance, from
13558 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13562 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13566 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13570 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13577 arg "font-size decrease"
13584 \begin_layout Standard
13589 : don't go crazy with this feature.
13590 You should almost never need to change the font size.
13591 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
13592 — use those instead.
13593 This is here for fine-tuning only!
13596 \begin_layout Labeling
13597 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13602 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
13607 \begin_layout Labeling
13608 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13615 This is text with emphasize on
13618 This might seem like the same as
13622 , but it is actually a bit different.
13628 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
13630 Normally this font is equal to italic.
13633 \begin_layout Labeling
13634 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13641 This is text with Underbar on.
13647 arg "font-underline"
13653 \begin_inset Newline newline
13658 Avoid using underbar if you can! It is a hangover from the typewriter days,
13659 when you could not change fonts.
13660 One no longer needs to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
13661 This is only possible in LyX because some people
13665 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
13668 \begin_layout Labeling
13669 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13673 \begin_inset space ~
13680 This is text with Double underbar on.
13686 arg "font-underunderline"
13690 \begin_inset Newline newline
13693 As we just warned you against using underbar, you can imagine what we think
13694 about double underbar.
13697 \begin_layout Labeling
13698 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13702 \begin_inset space ~
13709 This is text with Wavy underbar on.
13715 arg "font-underwave"
13719 \begin_inset Newline newline
13722 Use this only if a journal absolutely insists on it.
13723 Keep antinausea pills handy.
13726 \begin_layout Labeling
13727 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13734 This is text with Strikeout on.
13740 arg "font-strikeout"
13744 \begin_inset Newline newline
13747 This is frequently used to indicate an older version of text that has been
13748 changed in the meantime.
13751 \begin_layout Labeling
13752 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13759 This is text with Noun on.
13766 , this is a logical attribute.
13767 Normally it's equivalent to
13770 \begin_inset space ~
13779 \begin_layout Labeling
13780 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13785 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
13786 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
13790 \begin_inset space ~
13795 , which is the default
13796 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13800 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13803 and means normally black, you can choose between
13836 \begin_inset Index idx
13839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13848 \begin_layout Labeling
13849 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13854 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
13855 the language of the document.
13856 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
13858 \begin_inset Newline newline
13861 If you have for example a longer German Text in your document, LaTeX respects
13862 the German hyphenation rules automatically.
13863 When using the spell checking (see section
13864 \begin_inset space ~
13868 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13870 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
13874 ) the German-marked text will be checked according to the German dictionary.
13877 \begin_layout Standard
13878 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
13879 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
13881 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13883 \begin_inset space ~
13888 dialog, the settings are saved.
13889 You can activate them by using the toolbar button
13892 arg "textstyle-apply"
13896 The button lets you apply your custom character style even when the dialog
13900 \begin_layout Standard
13901 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
13908 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
13909 (suppose you just set the shape to
13910 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13914 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13918 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13922 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13928 \begin_inset space ~
13940 \begin_layout Standard
13941 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
13949 \begin_inset space ~
13961 \begin_layout Itemize
13967 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13971 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13974 font, which means every character has the same width; the
13975 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13979 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13983 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13987 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13992 \begin_inset Newline newline
13996 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
13999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14010 \begin_inset Note Note
14013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14014 For more on phantoms see section
14015 \begin_inset space ~
14019 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14021 reference "sub:Phantom-Space"
14031 \begin_inset Newline newline
14037 \begin_layout Itemize
14042 fonts use characters with serifs.
14043 These are the small
14044 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14048 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14051 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
14052 The following example shows the difference:
14053 \begin_inset Newline newline
14057 \begin_inset Newline newline
14062 text without serifs
14065 \begin_inset Newline newline
14068 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
14069 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
14076 \begin_layout Itemize
14081 is not recommended to use a base type.
14082 This font type is therefore often only used for headings and short texts.
14083 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
14086 \begin_layout Standard
14087 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14091 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14094 refers to applying or removing font properties.
14095 When a property is marked for toggling in the Text Style dialog, applying
14096 the style to text that already has the property will cause the property
14098 If you for example apply a style with properties A, B and C to text that
14099 currently has font properties B, C, F and G, and if B is set to toggle
14100 and C is set not to toggle, the text ends up with properties A, C, F and
14103 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14107 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14111 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14115 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14118 mean that you do not control the toggling behavior.
14119 For the properties on the left side of the dialog (
14120 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14124 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14127 etc.), toggling behavior is up to you.
14131 \begin_inset space ~
14136 is checked, all of the left side properties are toggled; by default, none
14139 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14143 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14148 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14152 \begin_inset space \space{}
14156 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14160 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14164 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14168 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14174 \begin_inset space ~
14179 , then apply the style to bold face text, the text will revert to the default
14181 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14185 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14188 ), no matter how many times you apply the style.
14191 \begin_layout Standard
14192 We conclude with the same warning once again: Do not overuse the fonts!
14193 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
14196 \begin_layout Section
14197 Printing and Previewing
14200 \begin_layout Subsection
14204 \begin_layout Standard
14205 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
14206 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
14207 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
14208 goes on behind-the-scenes.
14209 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
14211 Additional Features
14216 \begin_layout Standard
14217 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
14218 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
14219 confusion, we will only refer to LaTeX.
14220 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
14221 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
14222 This happens in two stages:
14225 \begin_layout Enumerate
14226 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
14227 generating a file with the extension,
14228 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14236 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14242 \begin_layout Enumerate
14243 Next, LyX calls LaTeX to use the commands in the
14247 file to produce printable output.
14251 \begin_layout Subsection
14252 Output file formats
14253 \begin_inset Index idx
14256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14263 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14265 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
14272 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14273 Simple text (ASCII)
14274 \begin_inset Index idx
14277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14278 File formats ! ASCII
14286 \begin_layout Standard
14287 This file type has the extension
14288 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14296 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14300 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
14301 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14304 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
14305 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14311 \begin_layout Standard
14312 You can export your document to ASCII with the menu
14314 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14315 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14317 \begin_inset space ~
14324 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14325 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14327 \begin_inset space ~
14331 \begin_inset space ~
14337 The latter will first internally export to PostScript and then do the conversio
14341 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14343 \begin_inset Index idx
14346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14347 File formats ! LaTeX
14355 \begin_layout Standard
14356 This file type has the extension
14357 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14365 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14368 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
14370 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
14371 it manually with console commands.
14372 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
14373 you view or export your document.
14376 \begin_layout Standard
14377 You can export your document as a LaTeX-file using the menu
14379 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14380 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14395 The different LaTeX export variants are explained in section
14396 \begin_inset space ~
14400 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14402 reference "sub:Export"
14409 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14411 \begin_inset Index idx
14414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14423 \begin_layout Standard
14424 This file type has the extension
14425 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14433 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14438 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14442 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14445 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
14446 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
14447 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
14451 \begin_layout Standard
14452 DVI files do not contain images, they only link to them.
14453 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
14454 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
14455 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
14457 So we recommend using PDF for files with many images.
14460 \begin_layout Standard
14461 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
14463 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14464 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14469 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14470 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14472 \begin_inset space ~
14479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14489 The latter option uses the program
14498 is an engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
14499 font access (see section
14500 \begin_inset space ~
14504 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14506 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14511 LuaTeX is still a work in progress, but it might develop into the next
14512 standard TeX processor.
14515 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14517 \begin_inset Index idx
14520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14521 File formats ! PostScript
14529 \begin_layout Standard
14530 This file type has the extension
14531 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14539 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14543 PostScript was developed by the company
14547 as a printer language.
14548 The file therefore contains commands that the printer uses to print the
14550 PostScript can be seen as a
14551 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14554 programming language
14555 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14558 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
14562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14563 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
14569 \begin_inset Index idx
14572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14573 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
14583 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
14586 \begin_layout Standard
14587 PostScript can only contain images in the format
14588 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14591 Encapsulated PostScript
14592 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14595 (EPS, file extension
14596 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14604 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14608 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
14609 to convert them in the background to EPS.
14611 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14615 \begin_inset space \space{}
14619 \begin_inset space ~
14622 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
14623 \begin_inset space ~
14626 conversions when you view or export your document the first time.
14627 This might slow down your workflow with LyX.
14628 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
14629 EPS to avoid this problem.
14632 \begin_layout Standard
14633 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
14635 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14636 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14642 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14644 \begin_inset Index idx
14647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14654 \begin_inset Index idx
14657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14666 \begin_layout Standard
14667 This file type has the extension
14668 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14676 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14681 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14684 Portable Document Format
14685 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14692 was derived from PostScript.
14693 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
14695 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14699 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14702 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
14703 looks exactly the same.
14706 \begin_layout Standard
14707 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
14708 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14711 Joint Photographic Experts Group
14712 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14715 (JPG, file extension
14716 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14724 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14728 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14736 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14740 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14743 Portable Network Graphics
14744 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14747 (PNG, file extension
14748 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14756 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14760 You can also use any other image format, because LyX converts them in the
14761 background to one of these formats.
14762 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
14763 will slow down your workflow.
14764 So we recommend using images in one of the three mentioned formats.
14767 \begin_layout Standard
14768 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
14770 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14776 \begin_layout Description
14778 \begin_inset space ~
14781 (ps2pdf) This uses the program
14785 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
14786 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
14790 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
14791 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
14794 \begin_layout Description
14796 \begin_inset space ~
14799 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
14803 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
14807 \begin_layout Description
14809 \begin_inset space ~
14812 (pdflatex) This uses the program
14816 which converts your file directly to PDF.
14819 \begin_layout Description
14821 \begin_inset space ~
14828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14835 X) This uses the program
14839 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14844 is a new engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
14845 font access (see section
14846 \begin_inset space ~
14850 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14852 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14857 It is particularly good at typesetting different scripts, for example verticall
14858 y written Japanese.
14861 \begin_layout Description
14863 \begin_inset space ~
14870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14877 X) This uses the program
14881 which converts your file directly to PDF.
14886 is an even newer engine, derived from
14890 , that also provides direct Unicode support and support for direct font
14891 access (see section
14892 \begin_inset space ~
14896 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14898 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14903 LuaTeX is still a work in progress, but it might develop into the next
14904 standard TeX processor.
14907 \begin_layout Standard
14911 \begin_inset space ~
14920 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
14921 works without problems.
14922 If you rely on multiscript support and\SpecialChar \slash{}
14923 or specific OpenType fonts, you might
14927 \begin_inset space ~
14934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14946 \begin_inset space ~
14953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14962 instead, bearing in mind that these two programs are not yet as mature
14970 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14972 \begin_inset Index idx
14975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14976 FileFormats ! XHTML
14982 \begin_inset Index idx
14985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14994 \begin_layout Standard
14995 This file type has the extension
14996 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15004 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15008 It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
15009 It does not itself contain images and the like but only links to them,
15010 and when LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in
15011 formats suitable for the purpose.
15012 For the math output you can choose in the menu
15014 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15015 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15018 between different formats, which are described in section
15020 Math Output in XHTML
15025 \begin_inset space ~
15033 \begin_layout Standard
15034 XHTML output remains
15035 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15039 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15042 , and not all LyX features are supported yet.
15045 LyX and the World Wide Web
15049 Additional Features
15051 manual, for more information.
15054 \begin_layout Standard
15055 You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
15057 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15058 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15064 \begin_layout Subsection
15066 \begin_inset Index idx
15069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15078 \begin_layout Standard
15079 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the page
15080 breaks in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
15089 or the toolbar button
15096 A viewing program will pop up showing the output in the defined default
15097 output format, which is globally set in the preferences (see sec.
15098 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15102 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15104 reference "sec:File-Formats"
15108 ) and can also be altered for single documents in the document settings
15110 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15114 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15116 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
15121 Further output formats can be selected via
15123 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15126 or the toolbar button
15127 \begin_inset Graphics
15128 filename ../images/view-others.png
15130 groupId toolbarbuttons
15137 \begin_layout Standard
15138 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
15139 viewer window using the menu
15141 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15146 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15147 Update (Other Formats)
15152 \begin_layout Standard
15153 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
15155 To have a real output, export your document.
15158 \begin_layout Subsection
15159 Printing the File from within LyX
15160 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15162 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
15169 \begin_layout Standard
15170 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
15171 it directly from within LyX.
15172 To print a file, select the menu
15174 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15177 or click on the toolbar button
15180 arg "dialog-show print"
15184 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
15185 This file is then processed by the program
15189 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
15194 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
15197 \begin_layout Standard
15198 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
15199 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
15200 printing one set to print on the other side.
15201 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
15202 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
15203 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
15206 \begin_layout Standard
15207 You can set the parameters in the
15210 \begin_inset space ~
15218 \begin_layout Labeling
15219 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15224 This is the name of the printer to print to.
15228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15229 Note that this printer name is for the program
15238 has to be configured for this printer name.
15239 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
15240 \begin_inset space ~
15244 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15246 reference "sub:Printer"
15255 The printer should understand PostScript.
15258 \begin_layout Labeling
15259 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15264 The name of a file to print to.
15265 The output will be a PostScript file.
15266 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
15270 \begin_layout Section
15271 A few Words about Typography
15272 \begin_inset Index idx
15275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15284 \begin_layout Subsection
15285 Hyphens, Dashes and Minus Signs
15286 \begin_inset Index idx
15289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15296 \begin_inset Index idx
15299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15308 \begin_layout Standard
15310 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15318 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15321 character comes in four lengths: the
15333 , and the minus sign:
15334 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
15340 \begin_layout Standard
15341 \begin_inset Tabular
15342 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
15343 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
15344 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15345 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15346 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15347 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15376 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15399 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15407 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15416 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15441 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15443 \begin_inset space ~
15446 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15453 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15478 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15480 \begin_inset space ~
15483 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15504 \begin_inset Formula $-$
15512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15516 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15524 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15538 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
15544 \begin_layout Standard
15545 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
15546 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15554 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15557 character multiple times in a row.
15558 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
15559 the final output, but not in LyX.
15561 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15565 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15569 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15573 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15577 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15581 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15585 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15591 \begin_layout Standard
15592 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
15593 math mode and has a length of its own.
15594 Here are some examples:
15597 \begin_layout Enumerate
15598 line- and page-breaks
15599 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15609 \begin_layout Enumerate
15611 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15621 \begin_layout Enumerate
15622 Oh — there's a dash.
15623 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15633 \begin_layout Enumerate
15634 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
15638 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15648 \begin_layout Subsection
15650 \begin_inset Index idx
15653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15660 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15662 name "sub:Hyphenation"
15669 \begin_layout Standard
15670 Words are not hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
15671 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
15676 \begin_inset Index idx
15679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15680 LaTeX-packages ! babel
15685 following the rules of the document language.
15688 \begin_layout Standard
15689 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
15694 font and with unusual constructs, like
15695 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15699 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15703 If LaTeX cannot break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points
15705 This is done with the menu
15707 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15708 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15710 \begin_inset space ~
15716 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
15717 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
15720 \begin_layout Standard
15721 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs from being hyphenated.
15722 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
15724 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15728 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15732 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
15733 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15737 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15740 as a hyphenation possibility.
15741 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
15742 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into a makebox
15743 as described in section
15744 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15747 Prevent Hyphenation
15748 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15754 \begin_inset space ~
15762 \begin_layout Subsection
15764 \begin_inset Index idx
15767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15776 \begin_layout Subsubsection
15777 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
15778 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15780 name "sub:Abbreviations"
15787 \begin_layout Standard
15788 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
15789 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
15790 LaTeX then adds the
15791 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15794 appropriate amount of space
15795 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15799 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
15801 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period that a word
15802 gets after another word.
15805 \begin_layout Standard
15806 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
15807 not work in all cases.
15809 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15817 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15820 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
15821 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
15824 \begin_layout Standard
15825 Here are some examples of
15829 abbreviations and of the end of a sentence:
15832 \begin_layout Itemize
15837 \begin_layout Itemize
15842 \begin_layout Standard
15843 And here is an example of the algorithm going wrong:
15846 \begin_layout Itemize
15848 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15852 this is too much space!
15855 \begin_layout Itemize
15860 \begin_layout Standard
15861 You will not see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
15864 \begin_layout Standard
15865 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
15868 \begin_layout Enumerate
15872 \begin_inset space ~
15877 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
15878 \begin_inset space ~
15882 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15884 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
15889 \begin_inset Index idx
15892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15893 Spaces ! inter-word
15901 \begin_layout Enumerate
15905 \begin_inset space ~
15910 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
15911 \begin_inset space ~
15915 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15917 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
15922 \begin_inset Index idx
15925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15934 \begin_layout Enumerate
15938 \begin_inset space ~
15942 \begin_inset space ~
15946 \begin_inset space ~
15953 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15955 \begin_inset space ~
15960 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
15961 This function is also bound to
15964 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
15970 \begin_layout Standard
15971 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
15974 \begin_layout Itemize
15976 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15980 \begin_inset space \space{}
15983 this is too much space!
15986 \begin_layout Itemize
15987 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
15991 \begin_layout Standard
15992 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
15993 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
15994 will take care of this.
15997 \begin_layout Standard
15998 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
16002 \begin_inset space ~
16007 feature described in section
16013 Additional Features
16018 \begin_layout Subsubsection
16020 \begin_inset Index idx
16023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16024 Typography ! Quotes
16030 \begin_inset Index idx
16033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16064 \begin_layout Standard
16065 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
16066 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
16067 and use a closing quote at the end.
16069 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16073 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16077 The keyboard character,
16081 , generates this automatically.
16084 \begin_layout Standard
16085 You can specify what character the
16089 key produces using the submenu
16095 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16099 \begin_inset Index idx
16102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16103 Document ! Settings
16113 There are six choices:
16116 \begin_layout Labeling
16117 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16120 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16124 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16129 Use quotes like this
16130 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16134 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16140 \begin_layout Labeling
16141 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16144 \begin_inset Quotes sld
16148 \begin_inset Quotes srd
16154 \begin_inset Quotes sld
16158 \begin_inset Quotes srd
16164 \begin_layout Labeling
16165 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16168 \begin_inset Quotes gld
16172 \begin_inset Quotes grd
16178 \begin_inset Quotes gld
16182 \begin_inset Quotes grd
16188 \begin_layout Labeling
16189 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16192 \begin_inset Quotes pld
16196 \begin_inset Quotes prd
16202 \begin_inset Quotes pld
16206 \begin_inset Quotes prd
16212 \begin_layout Labeling
16213 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16216 \begin_inset Quotes fld
16220 \begin_inset Quotes frd
16226 \begin_inset Quotes fld
16230 \begin_inset Quotes frd
16236 \begin_layout Labeling
16237 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16240 \begin_inset Quotes ald
16244 \begin_inset Quotes ard
16250 \begin_inset Quotes ald
16254 \begin_inset Quotes ard
16260 \begin_layout Subsection
16262 \begin_inset Index idx
16265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16266 Typography ! Ligatures
16272 \begin_inset Index idx
16275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16304 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16306 name "sub:Ligatures"
16313 \begin_layout Standard
16314 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
16315 print them as single characters.
16316 These groups are known as
16321 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
16323 Here are the standard ligatures:
16326 \begin_layout Itemize
16330 \begin_layout Itemize
16334 \begin_layout Itemize
16338 \begin_layout Itemize
16342 \begin_layout Itemize
16346 \begin_layout Standard
16347 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
16350 \begin_layout Standard
16351 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
16352 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
16353 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16357 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16360 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
16361 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16365 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16369 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16373 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16376 To break a ligature, use
16378 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16379 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16381 \begin_inset space ~
16388 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16392 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16396 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16399 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
16401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16405 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16409 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16413 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16416 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
16418 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16424 \begin_layout Subsection
16426 \begin_inset Index idx
16429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16436 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16438 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
16445 \begin_layout Standard
16446 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
16447 characters in different sizes and heights.
16448 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
16449 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
16450 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16465 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16469 \begin_inset Note Note
16472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16473 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
16474 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16478 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16481 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
16482 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
16487 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
16491 \begin_layout Description
16492 LyX The name of the game, write
16493 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16508 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16514 \begin_layout Description
16515 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
16516 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16531 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16537 \begin_layout Description
16538 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
16539 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16554 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16560 \begin_layout Description
16561 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
16562 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16577 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16583 \begin_layout Standard
16584 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
16585 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16589 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
16593 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16597 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
16598 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
16599 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
16602 : The actual version is
16603 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16607 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16610 , the previous one was
16611 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16615 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16621 \begin_layout Standard
16622 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
16623 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16627 \begin_inset space \space{}
16630 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
16632 This will look in LyX like:
16633 \begin_inset Graphics
16634 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
16640 \begin_inset Newline newline
16643 For more about TeX Code, look at section
16644 \begin_inset space ~
16648 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16650 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
16657 \begin_layout Subsection
16659 \begin_inset Index idx
16662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16671 \begin_layout Standard
16672 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
16673 space between two words.
16674 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
16677 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16681 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16684 for units use the menu
16686 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16687 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16689 \begin_inset space ~
16697 arg "space-insert thin"
16703 \begin_layout Standard
16704 Here is an example to show the differences:
16707 \begin_layout Standard
16708 \begin_inset Tabular
16709 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
16710 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
16711 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
16712 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
16714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16719 \begin_inset space ~
16723 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
16731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16735 space between number and unit
16742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16747 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16751 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
16759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16763 half space between number and unit
16776 \begin_layout Subsection
16778 \begin_inset Index idx
16781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16782 Typography ! Widows and orphans
16790 \begin_layout Standard
16791 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
16793 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
16794 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
16795 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
16796 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
16797 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
16798 These bits of text became known as
16809 \begin_layout Standard
16810 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
16811 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
16812 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
16813 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
16814 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
16815 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
16816 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
16819 \begin_layout Standard
16820 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
16821 or how you can tweak that behavior.
16822 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography (such as
16823 \begin_inset space ~
16827 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16829 key "latexcompanion"
16834 \begin_inset space ~
16838 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16844 ) may have more information.
16845 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
16848 \begin_layout Chapter
16849 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
16850 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16852 name "chap:Floats-and-Notes"
16859 \begin_layout Standard
16860 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
16863 \begin_inset space ~
16869 There you will also find tips and tricks for special cases.
16872 \begin_layout Section
16874 \begin_inset Index idx
16877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16884 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16893 \begin_layout Standard
16894 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
16897 \begin_layout Description
16899 \begin_inset space ~
16902 Note This note type is for internal notes that will not appear in the output.
16903 \begin_inset Newline newline
16907 \begin_inset Note Note
16910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16911 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
16919 \begin_layout Description
16920 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it does appear as
16921 a LaTeX-comment when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
16923 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16924 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16926 \begin_inset space ~
16932 \begin_inset Newline newline
16936 \begin_inset Note Comment
16939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16940 This is text in a note box that only appears as a comment in LaTeX-files.
16948 \begin_layout Description
16950 \begin_inset space ~
16953 Out This note will appear in the output as text in a color which you can
16954 set in the document settings under
16956 Colors\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16958 \begin_inset space ~
16964 \begin_inset Newline newline
16968 \begin_inset Newline newline
16972 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16981 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
16982 In this document the color of this note type is set to blue.
16987 of a comment that appears in the output.
16993 \begin_inset Newline newline
16997 \begin_inset Newline newline
17000 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
17001 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
17004 \begin_layout Standard
17005 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
17013 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17017 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
17020 \begin_layout Section
17022 \begin_inset Index idx
17025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17032 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17034 name "sec:Footnotes"
17041 \begin_layout Standard
17042 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
17045 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17048 or the toolbar button
17051 arg "footnote-insert"
17063 \begin_inset Graphics
17064 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
17073 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
17083 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17091 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17102 label, the box will
17106 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
17107 Clicking on the box label again, will close
17120 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply highlight it
17121 and click on the footnote
17136 \begin_layout Standard
17137 Here is an example footnote:
17145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17146 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
17154 \begin_layout Standard
17155 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
17156 position where the footnote box is placed.
17157 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
17158 The footnote number is calculated by LyX.
17159 The numbers are consecutive, no matter in which chapter the footnote is
17161 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get other
17162 schemes using special LaTeX-commands.
17167 ey are described in the
17170 \begin_inset space ~
17178 \begin_layout Section
17180 \begin_inset Index idx
17183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17190 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17192 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
17199 \begin_layout Standard
17200 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
17201 When you insert a margin note via the menu
17203 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17205 \begin_inset space ~
17210 or the toolbar button
17213 arg "marginalnote-insert"
17232 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17236 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17239 appearing within your text.
17240 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
17249 \begin_layout Standard
17250 At the side of this sentence is an example marginal note.
17254 \begin_inset Marginal
17257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17258 This is a marginal note.
17266 \begin_layout Standard
17267 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
17268 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
17269 pages, right on odd pages.
17272 \begin_layout Standard
17273 For further information about marginal notes see section
17276 \begin_inset space ~
17284 \begin_inset space ~
17292 \begin_layout Section
17293 Graphics and Images
17294 \begin_inset Index idx
17297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17304 \begin_inset Index idx
17307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17314 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17316 name "sec:Graphics"
17323 \begin_layout Standard
17324 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
17325 you want and click on the toolbar icon
17328 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
17333 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17337 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
17340 \begin_layout Standard
17341 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
17346 tab allows you to choose your image file.
17347 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
17349 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
17350 \begin_inset space ~
17354 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17356 reference "chap:Units-available-in"
17363 \begin_layout Standard
17368 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
17369 of the image in the output.
17370 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
17374 \begin_inset space ~
17378 \begin_inset space ~
17387 \begin_inset space ~
17391 \begin_inset space ~
17395 \begin_inset space ~
17400 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
17401 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
17409 \begin_layout Standard
17412 LaTeX and LyX options
17414 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
17415 In this tab you can also specify the appearance of the image inside LyX.
17419 \begin_inset space ~
17424 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
17425 with the image size is printed.
17429 \begin_inset space ~
17433 \begin_inset space ~
17437 \begin_inset space ~
17442 is explained in the
17445 \begin_inset space ~
17457 \begin_layout Standard
17458 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
17459 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
17461 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
17465 \begin_layout Standard
17467 \begin_inset Graphics
17468 filename clipart/mobius.eps
17476 \begin_layout Standard
17477 If you need image captions or want to reference images, you have to put
17478 the image into a float, see section
17479 \begin_inset space ~
17483 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17485 reference "sub:Figure-Floats"
17492 \begin_layout Subsection
17494 \begin_inset Index idx
17497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17504 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17506 name "sub:Image-Formats"
17513 \begin_layout Standard
17514 You can insert images in any known file format.
17515 But as we explained in section
17516 \begin_inset space ~
17520 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17522 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
17526 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
17527 LyX therefore uses the program
17531 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
17532 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
17533 use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
17534 \begin_inset space ~
17538 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17540 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
17547 \begin_layout Standard
17548 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
17551 \begin_layout Description
17553 \begin_inset space ~
17556 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
17557 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
17558 Well-known bitmap image formats are
17559 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17562 Graphics Interchange Format
17563 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17566 (GIF, file extension
17567 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17575 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17579 \begin_inset Index idx
17582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17611 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17614 Portable Network Graphics
17615 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17618 (PNG, file extension
17619 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17627 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17631 \begin_inset Index idx
17634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17663 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17666 Joint Photographic Experts Group
17667 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17670 (JPG, file extension
17671 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17679 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17683 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17691 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17695 \begin_inset Index idx
17698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17729 \begin_layout Description
17731 \begin_inset space ~
17734 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
17736 The scaling ability is desired if you want to create presentations, because
17737 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
17738 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
17739 \begin_inset Newline newline
17742 Scalable image formats can be
17743 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17746 Scalable Vector Graphics
17747 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17750 (SVG, file extension
17751 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17759 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17763 \begin_inset Index idx
17766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17795 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17798 Encapsulated PostScript
17799 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17802 (EPS, file extension
17803 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17811 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17815 \begin_inset Index idx
17818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17847 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17850 Portable Document Format
17851 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17854 (PDF, file extension
17855 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17863 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17867 \begin_inset Index idx
17870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17878 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17882 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17885 , because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF or EPS and the
17886 result will not be scalable.
17887 In this case only a header with the image properties is added to the original
17892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17893 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
17901 \begin_layout Standard
17902 Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
17906 \begin_layout Subsection
17907 Grouping of Image Settings
17908 \begin_inset Index idx
17911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17912 Images ! Settings grouping
17920 \begin_layout Standard
17921 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
17923 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
17924 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
17926 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
17927 need to manually change each of them.
17931 \begin_layout Standard
17932 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
17935 \begin_inset space ~
17940 field in the Graphics dialog.
17941 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
17942 by checking the name of the desired group.
17945 \begin_layout Section
17947 \begin_inset Index idx
17950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17957 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17966 \begin_layout Standard
17967 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
17970 arg "tabular-insert"
17975 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17979 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
17980 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
17981 from the rest of the table.
17982 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
17983 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
17985 Here is an example table:
17988 \begin_layout Standard
17990 \begin_inset Tabular
17991 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
17992 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
17993 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17994 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17995 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
17996 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18196 \begin_layout Subsection
18200 \begin_layout Standard
18201 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
18202 brings up the table dialog.
18203 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
18204 where the cursor is placed currently.
18205 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
18206 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
18207 done on all of your selection.
18210 \begin_layout Standard
18211 In addition to the table dialog, the
18214 \begin_inset space ~
18219 helps you in setting table properties.
18220 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
18223 \begin_layout Standard
18227 \begin_inset space ~
18232 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
18233 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
18234 current cell respectively.
18235 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
18237 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
18238 of text, see section
18239 \begin_inset space ~
18243 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18245 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
18252 \begin_layout Standard
18253 You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell
18254 using the check box
18263 This will merge the cells to
18267 cell, spread over more than one column/row.
18268 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
18269 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
18270 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
18271 in the last row without the upper border:
18274 \begin_layout Standard
18276 \begin_inset Tabular
18277 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
18278 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
18279 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18280 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
18281 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
18282 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18293 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18302 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18378 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18413 \begin_layout Standard
18414 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
18415 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
18416 explained in the tables section of the
18419 \begin_inset space ~
18425 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
18426 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
18429 degrees counterclockwise.
18430 These rotations are not visible in LyX but are visible in the output.
18433 \begin_layout Standard
18434 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
18437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18442 Most DVI-viewers are
18446 able to display rotations.
18454 \begin_layout Standard
18459 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
18464 adds lines for all cell borders.
18467 \begin_layout Subsection
18469 \begin_inset Index idx
18472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18473 Tables ! Longtables
18479 \begin_inset Index idx
18482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18491 \begin_layout Standard
18492 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
18495 \begin_inset space ~
18499 \begin_inset space ~
18508 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
18509 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
18512 \begin_layout Description
18517 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
18518 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
18519 except for the first page, if
18522 \begin_inset space ~
18530 \begin_layout Description
18534 \begin_inset space ~
18539 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
18540 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
18543 \begin_layout Description
18548 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
18549 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
18550 except for the last page, if
18553 \begin_inset space ~
18561 \begin_layout Description
18565 \begin_inset space ~
18570 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
18571 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
18574 \begin_layout Description
18575 Caption: The first row is reset as a single column.
18576 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
18578 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18582 More about longtable captions can be found in the
18585 \begin_inset space ~
18593 \begin_layout Standard
18594 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
18595 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
18596 that only the first one is used in the given table row.
18597 The others will then be defined as
18602 In this context, first means first in this order:
18605 \begin_inset space ~
18617 \begin_inset space ~
18623 See the following longtable to see how it works:
18626 \begin_layout Standard
18628 \begin_inset Tabular
18629 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
18630 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
18631 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
18632 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18633 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18634 <row endfirsthead="true">
18635 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18641 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
18646 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18655 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18665 <row endfirsthead="true">
18666 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18677 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18686 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18698 <row endhead="true">
18699 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18710 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18719 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18729 <row endhead="true">
18730 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18741 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18750 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18762 <row endfoot="true">
18763 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18774 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18783 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18814 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19755 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19764 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
19767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19773 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19784 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19815 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19846 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19877 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19908 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19939 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19970 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20001 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20032 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20063 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20094 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20125 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20156 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20187 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20218 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20249 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20280 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20311 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20342 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20373 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20404 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20435 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20466 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20497 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20528 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20559 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20590 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20621 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20652 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20683 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20714 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20744 <row endlastfoot="true">
20745 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20756 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
20759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20765 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20782 \begin_layout Subsection
20784 \begin_inset Index idx
20787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20794 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20796 name "sub:Table-Cells"
20803 \begin_layout Standard
20804 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
20805 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
20806 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
20807 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
20811 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
20812 for the cell's paragraph.
20815 \begin_layout Standard
20816 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
20817 for the column in the table dialog.
20818 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
20819 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
20823 \begin_layout Standard
20825 \begin_inset Tabular
20826 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
20827 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20828 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20829 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
20830 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20850 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20919 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
20924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20975 This is longer now.
20980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21031 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
21032 This is longer now.
21037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21063 \begin_layout Standard
21064 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
21065 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
21069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21070 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
21071 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
21077 Selection with the mouse or with
21081 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
21082 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
21083 the selection from outside the table.
21086 \begin_layout Section
21088 \begin_inset Index idx
21091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21098 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21107 \begin_layout Subsection
21111 \begin_layout Standard
21112 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
21113 have a fixed location.
21115 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21119 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21122 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
21130 \begin_inset space ~
21135 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
21136 too many notes on the page.
21139 \begin_layout Standard
21140 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
21141 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
21142 and pages without text.
21143 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
21144 , every float can be referenced in the text.
21145 Floats are therefore numbered.
21146 Referencing is described in section
21147 \begin_inset space ~
21151 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21153 reference "sec:Cross-References"
21160 \begin_layout Standard
21161 To insert a float, use the menu
21163 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21167 A box with a caption will be inserted into your document.
21168 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
21170 After the label you can insert the caption text.
21171 \begin_inset Index idx
21174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21180 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
21181 paragraph within the float.
21182 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
21183 by left-clicking on the box label.
21184 A closed float box looks like this:
21185 \begin_inset Graphics
21186 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
21191 – a gray button with a red label.
21194 \begin_layout Standard
21195 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
21196 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
21199 \begin_layout Subsection
21203 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21205 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21207 name "sub:Figure-Floats"
21212 \begin_inset Index idx
21215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21216 Floats ! Figure floats
21224 \begin_layout Standard
21226 \begin_inset space ~
21230 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21232 reference "fig:Platypus-distorted"
21236 was created using the menu
21238 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21239 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21242 or the toolbar button
21245 arg "float-insert figure"
21249 The image was inserted by setting the cursor above the caption label and
21252 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21255 or the toolbar button
21258 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
21262 The image in the float was horizontally centered by putting the cursor
21263 in front of or behind the image and using the menu
21265 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21267 \begin_inset space ~
21272 or the toolbar button
21275 arg "layout-paragraph"
21281 \begin_layout Standard
21282 \begin_inset Float figure
21287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21289 \begin_inset Graphics
21290 filename clipart/platypus.eps
21299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21300 \begin_inset Caption
21302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21303 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21305 name "fig:Platypus-distorted"
21309 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
21322 \begin_layout Standard
21323 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
21324 to it: Insert a label into the caption using the menu
21326 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21329 or the toolbar button
21335 and refer to it using the menu
21337 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21340 or the toolbar button
21343 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
21347 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
21349 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21353 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21356 , because, as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document, it
21358 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21362 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21366 For more about cross-references, see section
21367 \begin_inset space ~
21371 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21373 reference "sec:Cross-References"
21380 \begin_layout Standard
21381 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
21382 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
21383 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
21384 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures
21385 as described in section
21386 \begin_inset space ~
21390 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21392 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
21398 \begin_inset space ~
21402 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21404 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
21408 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
21409 You can also set the images one below the other.
21411 \begin_inset space ~
21415 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21417 reference "fig:Undefinable"
21422 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21424 reference "fig:Platypus"
21428 are the subfigures.
21431 \begin_layout Standard
21432 \begin_inset Float figure
21437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21438 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21442 \begin_inset Float figure
21447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21448 \begin_inset Caption
21450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21451 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21453 name "fig:Undefinable"
21465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21466 \begin_inset Graphics
21467 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
21478 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21482 \begin_inset Float figure
21487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21488 \begin_inset Caption
21490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21491 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21493 name "fig:Platypus"
21505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21506 \begin_inset Graphics
21507 filename clipart/platypus.eps
21519 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21526 \begin_inset Caption
21528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21529 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21531 name "fig:Two-distorted-images"
21535 Two distorted images.
21548 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21550 \begin_inset Index idx
21553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21554 Floats ! Table floats
21562 \begin_layout Standard
21563 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
21565 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21566 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21569 or the toolbar button
21572 arg "float-insert table"
21576 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
21579 \begin_inset space ~
21583 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21585 reference "tab:Table-float"
21592 \begin_layout Standard
21593 \begin_inset Float table
21598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21599 \begin_inset Caption
21601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21602 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21604 name "tab:Table-float"
21616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21618 \begin_inset Tabular
21619 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
21620 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
21621 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21622 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21623 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21750 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
21758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21771 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21774 \end{array}\right]$
21782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21795 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
21816 \begin_layout Subsection
21818 \begin_inset Index idx
21821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21830 \begin_layout Standard
21831 LyX offers you further float types as well as rotated floats.
21832 It also allows you to change the float numbering scheme, to control the
21833 float placement and to change the formatting and placement of the float
21835 All these features are explained in detail with many examples in chapter
21843 \begin_inset space ~
21851 \begin_layout Section
21853 \begin_inset Index idx
21856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21863 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21865 name "sec:Minipages"
21872 \begin_layout Standard
21873 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
21875 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
21876 \begin_inset space ~
21883 \begin_layout Standard
21884 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
21886 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21890 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
21891 and its alignment within the page.
21894 \begin_layout Standard
21896 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21906 height_special "totalheight"
21909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21912 This is a minipage.
21913 The text is set in an italic style.
21916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21919 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
21920 another formatting.
21928 \begin_layout Standard
21929 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21932 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
21936 as described in section
21937 \begin_inset space ~
21941 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21943 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
21948 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21954 \begin_layout Standard
21955 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21965 height_special "totalheight"
21968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21969 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21970 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21976 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21980 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21990 height_special "totalheight"
21993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21994 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21995 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
22003 \begin_layout Standard
22004 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22010 \begin_layout Standard
22011 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
22012 to other box types.
22013 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
22020 \begin_inset space ~
22028 \begin_layout Chapter
22029 Mathematical Formulas
22030 \begin_inset Index idx
22033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22040 \begin_inset Index idx
22043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22072 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22074 name "chap:Mathematical-Formulas"
22081 \begin_layout Standard
22082 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
22087 There you will also find tips and tricks for special cases.
22090 \begin_layout Section
22092 \begin_inset Index idx
22095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22104 \begin_layout Standard
22105 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
22112 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
22114 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
22115 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
22116 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
22118 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22124 \begin_layout Standard
22125 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
22129 \begin_inset space ~
22134 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
22137 \begin_layout Standard
22138 There are two main types of formulas, inline formulas and display formulas.
22139 Inline formulas appear within a text line, like this one:
22142 \begin_layout Standard
22143 This is a line with an inline formula
22144 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
22150 \begin_layout Standard
22151 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in a separate
22152 paragraph, like this one:
22153 \begin_inset Formula
22160 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
22163 \begin_layout Standard
22164 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
22166 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22170 \begin_inset space \space{}
22174 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22184 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22187 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
22188 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
22192 Typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
22195 \begin_inset space ~
22203 \begin_layout Subsection
22204 Navigating in Formulas
22205 \begin_inset Index idx
22208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22217 \begin_layout Standard
22218 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
22219 achieved with the arrow keys.
22220 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
22221 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
22226 will leave a formula construct (a square root
22227 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
22231 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
22235 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
22238 \end{array}\right]$
22246 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
22251 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
22252 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
22255 \begin_layout Standard
22260 , printed in this document as
22261 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22278 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22282 \begin_inset Note Note
22285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22286 This command will appear in the output as an official character denoting
22287 the space character (visible space).
22292 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
22293 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
22294 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
22299 For example, if you want
22300 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
22311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22354 , since in the latter case only the
22357 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
22362 will be under the square root sign:
22363 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
22369 \begin_layout Standard
22370 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
22372 \begin_inset Formula
22374 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22383 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
22384 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
22387 \begin_layout Subsection
22391 \begin_layout Standard
22392 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
22393 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
22397 and a cursor movement key to select text.
22398 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
22399 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
22400 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
22401 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
22404 \begin_layout Subsection
22405 Exponents and Subscripts
22406 \begin_inset Index idx
22409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22416 \begin_inset Index idx
22419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22428 \begin_layout Standard
22429 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts (buttons
22432 arg "math-superscript"
22438 arg "math-subscript"
22441 ), but the much easier way is to use a command.
22443 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
22446 , type in a formula
22452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22468 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
22474 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
22478 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
22487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22499 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
22501 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22505 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22508 , you have to use an extra
22512 to separate the hat and the character.
22514 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22518 \begin_inset space \space{}
22522 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
22531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22543 Subscripts are similar: To get
22544 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
22553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22567 \begin_layout Subsection
22569 \begin_inset Index idx
22572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22581 \begin_layout Standard
22582 Create a fraction with either the command
22591 arg "math-insert \\frac"
22597 \begin_inset space ~
22603 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
22604 The cursor is above the fraction line.
22605 To move it to the bottom, simply press
22610 To move back up, press
22615 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
22616 \begin_inset Formula
22618 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
22621 \end{array}\right)}\right]
22629 \begin_layout Subsection
22631 \begin_inset Index idx
22634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22643 \begin_layout Standard
22644 Roots can be created using the
22647 \begin_inset space ~
22655 arg "math-insert \\sqrt"
22661 arg "math-insert \\root"
22683 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
22689 produces always a square root.
22692 \begin_layout Subsection
22693 Operators with Limits
22694 \begin_inset Index idx
22697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22704 \begin_inset Index idx
22707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22714 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22716 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22723 \begin_layout Standard
22725 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
22729 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
22732 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
22733 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
22734 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
22735 The sum operator will automatically place its
22736 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22740 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22743 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
22746 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
22750 \begin_inset Formula
22752 \sum\nolimits _{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e
22757 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
22761 \begin_layout Standard
22762 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
22764 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
22765 behind the operator and hitting
22773 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22774 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22776 \begin_inset space ~
22780 \begin_inset space ~
22788 \begin_layout Standard
22789 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
22790 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22794 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22797 feature as addition, such as
22798 \begin_inset Index idx
22801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22808 \begin_inset Formula
22810 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),
22815 which will place the
22816 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
22820 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22824 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22828 In inline formulas it looks like this:
22829 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
22835 \begin_layout Standard
22836 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
22843 Have a look at section
22844 \begin_inset space ~
22848 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22850 reference "sub:Functions"
22854 for an explanation of function macros.
22857 \begin_layout Subsection
22859 \begin_inset Index idx
22862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22871 \begin_layout Standard
22872 Most math symbols can be found in the
22875 \begin_inset space ~
22880 under one of several categories; including
22897 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
22901 \begin_layout Standard
22902 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
22903 you don't have to use the
22906 \begin_inset space ~
22911 ; you can type the command directly into the formula.
22912 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
22915 \begin_layout Subsection
22917 \begin_inset Index idx
22920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22929 \begin_layout Standard
22930 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
22935 arg "command-alternatives space-insert protected ; math-space"
22941 \begin_inset space ~
22951 arg "math-insert \\space"
22957 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
22958 For example, the sequence
22963 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
22967 \begin_inset Graphics
22968 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
22973 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
22974 the space marker and hit space again several times.
22975 With every space hit the size will be changed.
22976 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
22978 Here are two examples:
22981 \begin_layout Standard
22991 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
22997 \begin_layout Standard
23007 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
23013 \begin_layout Subsection
23015 \begin_inset Index idx
23018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23025 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23027 name "sub:Functions"
23034 \begin_layout Standard
23038 \begin_inset space ~
23043 contains under the button
23048 arg "math-insert \\functions"
23053 a number of function macros, such as
23054 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
23058 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
23066 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
23073 Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to
23074 avoid confusions, because
23075 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
23079 \begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
23085 \begin_layout Standard
23086 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
23088 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
23092 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
23098 \begin_layout Standard
23099 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
23100 s are placed, as described in section
23101 \begin_inset space ~
23105 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23107 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
23114 \begin_layout Subsection
23116 \begin_inset Index idx
23119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23128 \begin_layout Standard
23129 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
23131 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
23132 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
23133 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23137 \begin_inset space \space{}
23141 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23144 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
23145 Our example is entered by typing
23153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23166 \begin_inset space ~
23170 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23172 reference "tab:Accent-names-and"
23176 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
23179 \begin_layout Standard
23180 \begin_inset Float table
23185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23186 \begin_inset Caption
23188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23189 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23191 name "tab:Accent-names-and"
23195 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
23203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23205 \begin_inset Tabular
23206 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
23207 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
23208 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23209 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23210 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23294 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23348 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
23358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23402 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
23412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23456 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
23466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23510 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
23520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23564 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
23574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23618 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
23628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23672 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
23682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23726 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
23736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23771 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
23792 \begin_layout Standard
23793 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
23796 \begin_inset space ~
23804 arg "math-insert \\hat"
23807 in the math panel; this will apply to any selection you have made within
23811 \begin_layout Section
23812 Brackets and Delimiters
23813 \begin_inset Index idx
23816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23823 \begin_inset Index idx
23826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23833 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23835 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23842 \begin_layout Standard
23843 There are several brackets available through LyX.
23844 For some purposes, using just the keys
23849 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
23850 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
23851 toolbar delimiter icon
23854 arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
23858 For example, that is how you would construct the brackets around a matrix:
23859 \begin_inset Formula
23861 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
23869 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses.
23870 Below, the expression on the left was entered using the delimiter icon
23874 arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
23877 and the expression on the right was entered using the
23883 \begin_inset Formula
23885 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\qquad\qquad\frac{1}{(1+(\frac{1}{1+(\frac{1}{1+x})}))}
23893 \begin_layout Standard
23894 If you use the delimiter icon, the parentheses, and other brackets from
23895 that menu will automatically re-size to accommodate the size of what is
23899 \begin_layout Standard
23900 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
23901 left side and right side.
23902 If you use the option
23905 \begin_inset space ~
23910 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
23911 The selection will be shown below the button field.
23912 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
23913 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
23916 \begin_layout Standard
23917 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
23918 you can do so by first highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to
23919 go inside the brackets.
23920 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
23925 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
23926 The most common bracket combinations (parentheses, square brackets, and
23927 braces, on both sides) can be entered more quickly using keyboard shortcuts.
23928 For example, to insert a pair of flexible parentheses on both sides, select
23929 the structure and enter
23932 arg "math-delim ( )"
23938 \begin_layout Section
23939 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
23940 \begin_inset Index idx
23943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23950 \begin_inset Index idx
23953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23960 \begin_inset Index idx
23963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23964 Math ! Multi-line Equations
23972 \begin_layout Standard
23973 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
23976 \begin_inset space ~
23986 arg "dialog-show mathmatrix"
23992 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
23993 Here is an example:
23994 \begin_inset Formula
23996 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
24005 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
24006 \begin_inset space ~
24010 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24012 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
24017 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
24018 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
24019 This alignment is set in the box
24024 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24032 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24036 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24044 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24048 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24056 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24061 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24069 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24072 for every column as default.
24073 For example, the sequence
24074 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24082 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24085 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
24086 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
24087 corresponds to the relevant column.
24088 The result will look like this:
24089 \begin_inset Formula
24092 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
24093 column & has & has\, right\\
24094 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
24103 \begin_layout Standard
24104 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
24107 arg "newline-insert newline"
24110 while the cursor is in the matrix.
24111 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
24113 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24116 or the math toolbar.
24119 \begin_layout Standard
24120 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
24121 It can be created with the menu
24123 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24124 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24126 \begin_inset space ~
24138 Here is an example:
24139 \begin_inset Formula
24153 \begin_layout Standard
24154 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24157 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
24160 arg "newline-insert newline"
24164 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
24169 arg "newline-insert newline"
24172 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
24173 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24177 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24180 etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign
24181 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
24182 A new row is created by every further hit of
24185 arg "newline-insert newline"
24189 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
24190 Here is an example:
24191 \begin_inset Formula
24193 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
24194 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
24199 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs so structures
24200 in this column will be printed in a smaller size:
24201 \begin_inset Formula
24203 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}
24211 \begin_layout Standard
24212 The multi-line formula type described here is called
24219 There are other multi-line types more suitable for certain situations,
24220 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula
24221 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24223 reference "eq:asquared"
24228 The other types are described in section
24229 \begin_inset space ~
24233 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24235 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24242 \begin_layout Section
24243 Formula Numbering and Referencing
24244 \begin_inset Index idx
24247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24248 Math ! Formula numbering
24254 \begin_inset Index idx
24257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24258 Math ! Referencing formulas
24264 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24266 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24273 \begin_layout Standard
24274 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
24276 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24277 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24279 \begin_inset space ~
24287 arg "math-number-toggle"
24291 The formula number appears in LyX as
24292 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24296 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24299 within parentheses.
24301 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24305 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24308 denotes that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
24310 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
24311 the document class.
24312 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
24313 separated by a dot:
24314 \begin_inset Formula
24324 arg "math-number-toggle"
24327 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
24328 You can only number displayed formulas.
24331 \begin_layout Standard
24332 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
24334 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24335 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24337 \begin_inset space ~
24341 \begin_inset space ~
24345 \begin_inset space ~
24353 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
24356 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
24357 \begin_inset Formula
24360 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
24366 To number all lines use the shortcut
24369 arg "math-number-toggle"
24375 \begin_layout Standard
24376 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24379 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
24380 A label is inserted with the menu
24382 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24385 when the cursor is in the formula.
24386 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
24387 It is recommended to use the proposed
24388 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24396 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24399 as the first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the
24400 label type when you have many labels in your document.
24401 We inserted in the following example the label
24402 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24406 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24409 in the second line:
24410 \begin_inset Formula
24412 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
24413 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
24418 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
24419 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
24421 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24425 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24429 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
24431 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24433 \begin_inset space ~
24439 A dialog appears to choose a label you want to refer to.
24440 The reference appears in LyX as a gray cross-reference box and in the output
24441 as the formula number:
24444 \begin_layout Standard
24445 This is a cross-reference to equation (
24446 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24448 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24455 \begin_layout Standard
24456 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
24457 \begin_inset space ~
24461 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24463 reference "sec:Cross-References"
24468 To delete a label, set the cursor at the end in the labeled formula and
24476 \begin_layout Section
24477 User defined math macros
24478 \begin_inset Index idx
24481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24490 \begin_layout Standard
24491 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
24492 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
24493 Math macros are explained in section
24496 \begin_inset space ~
24508 \begin_layout Section
24512 \begin_layout Subsection
24514 \begin_inset Index idx
24517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24526 \begin_layout Standard
24527 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
24528 To set a font in a formula, use the
24531 \begin_inset space ~
24541 arg "math-insert \\font"
24546 , or enter its command, listed in table
24547 \begin_inset space ~
24551 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24553 reference "tab:Typefaces-and-the"
24560 \begin_layout Standard
24561 \begin_inset Float table
24566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24567 \begin_inset Caption
24569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24570 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24572 name "tab:Typefaces-and-the"
24576 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
24584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24586 \begin_inset Tabular
24587 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
24588 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
24589 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24590 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24622 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
24630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24649 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
24657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24676 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
24684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24709 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
24717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24736 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
24744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24763 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
24771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24797 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
24805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24824 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
24832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24858 \begin_layout Standard
24859 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24867 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
24883 \begin_layout Standard
24884 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
24885 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
24890 within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected
24891 space when you need a space in the box.
24892 Here is an example where
24893 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24897 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24904 denotes the set of numbers:
24905 \begin_inset Formula
24907 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}
24915 \begin_layout Standard
24916 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
24918 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24922 \begin_inset space \space{}
24934 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
24938 \begin_inset Newline newline
24941 So it is better not to use this feature.
24944 \begin_layout Standard
24945 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
24946 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
24950 \begin_inset Newline newline
24953 You can only print them emboldened using the command
24959 , which works like the other typeface commands:
24960 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
24966 \begin_layout Standard
24973 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
24976 \begin_layout Standard
24977 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
24979 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24980 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24982 \begin_inset space ~
24990 \begin_layout Subsection
24992 \begin_inset Index idx
24995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25004 \begin_layout Standard
25005 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
25007 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
25011 \begin_inset space ~
25015 \begin_inset space ~
25023 \begin_inset space ~
25033 arg "math-insert \\font"
25045 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
25046 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
25047 Here is an example:
25048 \begin_inset Formula
25051 x & \mbox{if I say so}\\
25052 -x & \mbox{under Umständen}
25061 \begin_layout Subsection
25063 \begin_inset Index idx
25066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25075 \begin_layout Standard
25076 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
25077 automatically chosen in most situations.
25095 For most characters,
25103 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
25104 and certain other structures, are set larger in
25109 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
25110 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
25112 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
25117 arg "math-insert \\style"
25123 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
25124 For example, you can set
25125 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
25128 , which is normally in
25137 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
25141 The four styles are used in the following example:
25144 \begin_layout Standard
25145 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
25149 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
25153 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
25157 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
25163 \begin_layout Standard
25164 All these math-mode font sizes are relative so that if the whole math inset
25165 is set in a particular size with the menu
25167 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25169 \begin_inset space ~
25174 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
25175 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
25176 will be adjusted to correspond.
25177 As an example here is a formula in the font size
25178 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25182 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25188 \begin_layout Standard
25192 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
25198 \begin_layout Section
25202 \begin_layout Standard
25203 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
25204 the document classes and into layout modules.
25205 \begin_inset Index idx
25208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25214 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
25215 other than the AMS classes.
25217 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25219 reference "sub:Modules"
25223 for more on layout modules.
25226 \begin_layout Section
25228 \begin_inset Index idx
25231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25238 \begin_inset Index idx
25241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25250 \begin_layout Standard
25251 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
25252 (AMS) that are in common use.
25255 \begin_layout Subsection
25256 Enabling AMS-Support
25259 \begin_layout Standard
25260 Selecting the checkbox
25263 \begin_inset space ~
25267 \begin_inset space ~
25271 \begin_inset space ~
25278 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25282 \begin_inset Index idx
25285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25286 Document ! Settings
25294 \begin_inset space ~
25299 will include the AMS-packages in the document and make the facilities available.
25300 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
25301 formulas, ensure that you have enabled AMS.
25304 \begin_layout Subsection
25306 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25308 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
25313 \begin_inset Index idx
25316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25317 Math ! Multi-line Equations
25325 \begin_layout Standard
25326 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
25327 LyX allows you to choose between
25348 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
25351 \begin_layout Chapter
25355 \begin_layout Section
25357 \begin_inset Index idx
25360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25367 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25369 name "sec:Cross-References"
25376 \begin_layout Standard
25377 One of LyX's strengths is cross-references.
25378 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
25380 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
25381 The label is used as an anchor and a name for the reference.
25382 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
25385 \begin_layout Enumerate
25389 \begin_layout Enumerate
25390 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25392 name "enu:Second-item"
25399 \begin_layout Enumerate
25403 \begin_layout Standard
25404 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
25406 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25409 or by pressing the toolbar button
25416 A gray label box like this:
25417 \begin_inset Graphics
25418 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
25423 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
25424 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
25426 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25434 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25439 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25447 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25451 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25455 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25459 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
25460 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25464 \begin_inset space \space{}
25467 if you insert a label into a section heading, the suggested prefix will
25469 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25477 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25483 \begin_layout Standard
25484 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
25486 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25489 or the toolbar button
25492 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
25496 A gray cross-reference box like this:
25497 \begin_inset Graphics
25498 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
25503 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
25505 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
25506 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25514 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25518 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
25522 \begin_layout Standard
25525 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25528 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
25533 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be pasted
25534 to the actual cursor position via the menu
25536 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25548 \begin_layout Standard
25549 Here is our cross-reference: Item
25550 \begin_inset space ~
25554 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25556 reference "enu:Second-item"
25563 \begin_layout Standard
25564 It is recommended to use a protected space
25568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25569 described in section
25570 \begin_inset space ~
25574 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25576 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
25585 between the cross-reference name and the cross-reference to avoid ugly
25586 line breaks between them.
25589 \begin_layout Standard
25590 There are six formats of cross-references:
25593 \begin_layout Description
25594 <reference>: prints the number, this is the default:
25595 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25597 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25604 \begin_layout Description
25605 (<reference>): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style
25606 normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name
25608 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25612 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25616 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25618 reference "eq:tanhExp"
25625 \begin_layout Description
25626 <page>: prints the page number: Page
25627 \begin_inset space ~
25631 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25632 LatexCommand pageref
25633 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25640 \begin_layout Description
25642 \begin_inset space ~
25646 \begin_inset space ~
25649 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
25650 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25651 LatexCommand vpageref
25652 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25659 \begin_layout Description
25661 \begin_inset space ~
25665 \begin_inset space ~
25669 \begin_inset space ~
25672 <page>: prints the number, the text "on page", and the page number:
25673 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25675 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25682 \begin_layout Description
25684 \begin_inset space ~
25687 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
25688 \begin_inset Newline newline
25692 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25700 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
25709 \begin_inset Index idx
25712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25713 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
25719 \begin_inset Index idx
25722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25723 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
25734 \begin_inset Newline newline
25737 You can select which LaTeX-package should be used for this feature by setting
25740 Use refstyle (not prettyref) for cross-references
25744 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25745 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25753 is the default and preferred because
25757 supports only English documents.
25758 The format is specified by using the command
25770 (refstyle) in the LaTeX preamble of the document.
25771 For example redefining all references to figures (which have the label
25773 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25781 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25784 ) can be done with this command
25785 \begin_inset Newline newline
25792 newref{fig}{refcmd={Image on page
25797 \begin_inset Newline newline
25800 For more information about the format, have a look at the package documentations
25802 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25804 key "prettyref,refstyle"
25811 \begin_layout Description
25813 \begin_inset space ~
25816 reference: prints the caption or the name of the reference:
25817 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25818 LatexCommand nameref
25819 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25826 \begin_layout Standard
25831 will not print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same,
25834 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25838 \begin_inset space \space{}
25842 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25850 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25856 <reference> on page <page>
25858 will not print anything about the page if the label is on the same page.
25861 \begin_layout Standard
25862 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output
25863 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
25864 The varieties are adjusted in the field
25868 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
25872 \begin_layout Standard
25873 You can only use the style
25877 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
25881 is always possible.
25884 \begin_layout Standard
25885 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
25886 for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
25888 Referencing formulas is explained in section
25889 \begin_inset space ~
25893 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25895 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
25902 \begin_layout Standard
25903 Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
25907 \begin_inset space ~
25911 \begin_inset space ~
25916 sets the cursor before the referenced label.
25917 This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
25920 \begin_inset space ~
25925 so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
25926 You can also go back with the toolbar button
25929 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
25935 \begin_layout Standard
25936 You can change labels at any time.
25937 References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
25938 do not need to think about this.
25941 \begin_layout Standard
25942 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see two question
25943 marks in the output instead of the reference.
25946 \begin_layout Standard
25947 References are described in detail in sec.
25948 \begin_inset space ~
25952 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25956 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25962 \begin_inset space ~
25970 \begin_layout Section
25971 Table of Contents and other Listings
25972 \begin_inset Index idx
25975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25982 \begin_inset Index idx
25985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25992 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26001 \begin_layout Subsection
26003 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26005 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
26012 \begin_layout Standard
26013 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
26015 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26016 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26018 \begin_inset space ~
26022 \begin_inset space ~
26028 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
26029 If you click on it, the
26033 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline, which allows you
26034 to move and rearrange sections in your documents.
26035 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
26037 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26040 that is described in sec.
26041 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26045 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26047 reference "sec:Navigating"
26054 \begin_layout Standard
26055 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
26056 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
26058 \begin_inset space ~
26062 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26064 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
26068 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
26070 \begin_inset space ~
26074 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26076 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
26080 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
26082 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
26085 \begin_layout Subsection
26086 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
26087 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26089 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
26096 \begin_layout Standard
26097 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
26098 You can insert them via the
26100 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26102 \begin_inset space ~
26106 \begin_inset space ~
26112 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
26115 \begin_layout Section
26116 URLs and Hyperlinks
26117 \begin_inset Index idx
26120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26127 \begin_inset Index idx
26130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26139 \begin_layout Subsection
26141 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26150 \begin_layout Standard
26151 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
26153 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26159 \begin_layout Standard
26160 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
26161 \begin_inset Flex URL
26164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26174 \begin_layout Standard
26175 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
26181 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
26185 \begin_layout Standard
26186 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26194 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
26202 \begin_layout Subsection
26204 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26206 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
26213 \begin_layout Standard
26214 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
26216 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26219 or with the toolbar button
26226 The appearing dialog has two fields:
26235 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
26236 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
26237 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26239 name "LyX's homepage"
26240 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26244 , an Email address like this:
26245 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26247 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
26248 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
26253 , or a link to a file.
26256 \begin_layout Standard
26257 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink by
26259 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26267 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26270 to the link target.
26273 \begin_layout Standard
26274 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
26275 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
26276 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
26277 the text style dialog.
26278 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
26282 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26284 name "LyX's homepage"
26285 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26292 \begin_layout Standard
26293 The link text color can be changed, when the option
26297 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
26299 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26300 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26304 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
26306 \begin_inset Newline newline
26314 \begin_inset Newline newline
26321 in the PDF Properties dialog.
26324 \begin_layout Section
26326 \begin_inset Index idx
26329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26336 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26338 name "sec:Appendices"
26345 \begin_layout Standard
26346 Appendices are created with the menu
26348 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26350 \begin_inset space ~
26354 \begin_inset space ~
26360 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
26361 as the appendix region.
26362 The region is marked with a red borderline.
26365 \begin_layout Standard
26366 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
26367 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
26368 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
26369 and the subsection number.
26370 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
26374 \begin_layout Standard
26376 \begin_inset space ~
26380 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26382 reference "chap:Credits"
26387 \begin_inset space ~
26391 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26393 reference "sub:Export"
26400 \begin_layout Section
26402 \begin_inset Index idx
26405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26412 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26414 name "sec:Bibliography"
26421 \begin_layout Standard
26422 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
26423 You can include a bibliography database,
26427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26428 Known under the name
26429 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26433 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26441 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
26442 manually, using the paragraph environment
26446 , which was described in section
26447 \begin_inset space ~
26451 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26453 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
26458 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
26459 document, like author-year citations, then you must
26463 use a bibliography database.
26466 \begin_layout Subsection
26467 The Bibliography Environment
26470 \begin_layout Standard
26475 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
26477 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
26486 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
26488 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
26490 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26494 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26497 , a short form of its title, as the key.
26500 \begin_layout Standard
26501 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
26503 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26506 or the toolbar button
26509 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
26513 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
26514 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
26515 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
26516 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
26520 \begin_layout Standard
26521 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
26522 entry with surrounding brackets.
26527 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
26528 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
26530 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26534 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26540 \begin_layout Standard
26543 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
26546 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26548 key "latexcompanion"
26555 \begin_layout Standard
26556 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
26557 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26566 \begin_layout Subsection
26567 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
26568 \begin_inset Index idx
26571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26572 Bibliography ! Databases
26578 \begin_inset Index idx
26581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26582 Bibliography ! BibTeX
26588 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26590 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
26597 \begin_layout Standard
26598 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
26603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26604 They are also useful for keeping a database of articles and notes concerning
26606 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
26607 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
26612 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
26614 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
26615 your working field in a database.
26616 This database can be used for different documents, and by default only
26617 the entries cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography
26618 list for that document.
26619 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
26623 \begin_layout Standard
26624 The database is a text file with the file extension
26625 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26633 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26636 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
26637 The format is explained in
26638 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26644 and in LaTeX books (
26645 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26647 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
26652 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
26653 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
26654 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
26655 \begin_inset Flex URL
26658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26660 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
26668 \begin_layout Standard
26669 To use a database, use the menu
26671 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26676 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26689 \begin_inset space ~
26695 A gray box will be inserted and a window appears.
26696 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
26699 Add bibliography to TOC
26701 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
26706 drop box you can select whether to include all the entries in the database
26707 in the document or just the cited references.
26710 \begin_layout Standard
26711 The style file is a text file with the file extension
26712 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26720 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26723 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
26724 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
26725 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
26727 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
26732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26733 For information on how this is done, have a look at
26734 \begin_inset Newline newline
26738 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26740 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
26752 \begin_layout Standard
26753 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
26756 \begin_layout Standard
26757 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
26758 You can choose which of its variants should be used by LyX as the processor
26759 either in the document settings under
26763 or in LyX's preferences under
26765 Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26780 The following variants are possible:
26783 \begin_layout Description
26784 biber provides full Unicode support, unlimited memory, does not work with
26785 other bibliography packages (like e.
26786 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26790 \begin_inset space ~
26797 ), only with the package
26801 ; recommended for multilingual texts and for languages that don't use Latin
26805 \begin_layout Description
26806 bibtex the standard; does not allow special characters in bibliography entries
26807 that are not possible to encode in a 7-bit encoding, limited memory, works
26808 with all bibliography packages, except of
26813 \begin_layout Description
26814 bibtex8 allows all characters that are possible to encode in a 8-bit encoding,
26819 , works with all bibliography packages
26822 \begin_layout Standard
26823 BibTeX can be controlled with options that you can add below the specification
26825 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
26831 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26840 \begin_layout Standard
26841 When you select the option
26843 Sectioned bibliography
26847 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26850 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
26851 This and other options are explained in detail in section
26853 Customizing Bibliographies
26861 Additional Features
26866 \begin_layout Standard
26867 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
26868 the two methods of creating them.
26869 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
26870 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
26871 We used the style file
26875 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
26878 \begin_layout Subsection
26879 Bibliography layout
26880 \begin_inset Index idx
26883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26884 Bibliography ! Layout
26892 \begin_layout Standard
26893 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
26894 For this feature you need to enable the option
26900 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26904 \begin_inset Index idx
26907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26908 Document ! Settings
26918 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
26919 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
26920 in the previous section.
26923 \begin_layout Standard
26924 You can also set text to appear before or after a citation reference, in
26925 the citation reference window.
26926 Here is an example where the text
26927 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26931 \begin_inset space ~
26935 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26938 appears after the reference:
26941 \begin_layout Standard
26943 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26946 key "latexcompanion"
26953 \begin_layout Section
26955 \begin_inset Index idx
26958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26965 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26974 \begin_layout Standard
26975 An index entry is created if you use the menu
26977 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26979 \begin_inset space ~
26984 or the toolbar button
26991 A box is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
26992 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
26993 by LyX as the index entry.
26996 \begin_layout Standard
26997 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
26999 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27001 \begin_inset space ~
27005 \begin_inset space ~
27008 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27010 \begin_inset space ~
27016 A light blue box labeled
27017 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27025 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27028 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
27029 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
27032 \begin_layout Standard
27033 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
27034 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
27036 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27038 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
27045 \begin_layout Subsection
27046 Grouping Index Entries
27047 \begin_inset Index idx
27050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27059 \begin_layout Standard
27060 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
27062 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
27063 lists under the entry
27064 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27068 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27072 First we create the entry
27073 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27077 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27081 \begin_inset space ~
27085 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27087 reference "sub:Lists"
27092 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
27093 \begin_inset space ~
27097 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27099 reference "sec:Itemize"
27103 , we insert the command
27106 \begin_layout Standard
27112 \begin_layout Standard
27116 \begin_layout Standard
27122 \begin_layout Standard
27123 for the enumerated list in section
27124 \begin_inset space ~
27128 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27130 reference "sec:Enumerate"
27137 \begin_layout Standard
27138 The exclamation mark
27139 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27143 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27146 marks the grouping levels.
27147 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
27148 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
27149 If we don't have an index entry for
27150 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27154 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27157 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
27160 \begin_layout Subsection
27162 \begin_inset Index idx
27165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27166 Index ! Page ranges
27174 \begin_layout Standard
27175 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
27177 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
27179 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27183 \begin_inset space \space{}
27186 if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
27188 \begin_inset space ~
27192 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27194 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
27201 \begin_layout Standard
27204 Paragraph environments|(
27207 \begin_layout Standard
27208 and another entry at the end of section
27209 \begin_inset space ~
27213 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27215 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
27222 \begin_layout Standard
27225 Paragraph environments|)
27228 \begin_layout Standard
27230 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27238 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27242 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27250 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27253 respectively start and end the index range.
27254 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
27255 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
27256 the pages of the indexed document parts.
27257 An example is the index entry
27258 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27261 Document ! Settings
27262 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27268 \begin_layout Subsection
27270 \begin_inset Index idx
27273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27274 Index ! Cross referencing
27282 \begin_layout Standard
27283 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
27284 We referred for example in the index entry
27285 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27289 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27293 \begin_inset space ~
27297 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27299 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
27303 ) to the index entry
27304 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27308 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27311 in the same section using the entry
27314 \begin_layout Standard
27317 GIF|see{Image formats}
27320 \begin_layout Standard
27321 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
27322 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
27323 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
27326 \begin_layout Subsection
27328 \begin_inset Index idx
27331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27332 Index ! Entry order
27340 \begin_layout Standard
27341 If you use accented characters in the index entry the entries might not
27342 follow the rules for the index order.
27343 The index entries are sorted alphabetically but LaTeX
27347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27348 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
27350 \begin_inset space ~
27354 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27356 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27365 does not know how to sort accents in different languages.
27366 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
27367 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27371 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27375 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27379 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27383 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27387 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27391 \begin_inset Index idx
27394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27395 Dummy entries ! maïs
27401 \begin_inset Index idx
27404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27405 Dummy entries ! maître
27411 \begin_inset Index idx
27414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27415 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
27420 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison but we want the order
27421 maïs, maison, maître.
27422 To achieve this, we use the command
27425 \begin_layout Standard
27428 previous entry@current entry
27431 \begin_layout Standard
27432 In our case we want to have
27433 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27437 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27441 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27445 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27448 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
27451 \begin_layout Standard
27457 \begin_layout Standard
27458 The previous entry need not be a real existing entry.
27459 You can also use another word to tell LaTeX the entry order.
27460 See the next subsection for an example.
27463 \begin_layout Standard
27464 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27470 \begin_layout Standard
27471 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
27476 to generate the index (see sec.
27477 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27481 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27483 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27492 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
27494 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27498 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27500 reference "sub:Document-Font"
27504 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
27505 index commands start with
27506 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27514 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27518 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
27523 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
27526 \begin_layout Standard
27538 \begin_layout Standard
27550 \begin_layout Subsection
27552 \begin_inset Index idx
27555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27556 Index ! Entry layout
27564 \begin_layout Standard
27565 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
27566 \begin_inset Index idx
27569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27572 This is an italic dummy entry
27577 You can also format the page number using the character
27578 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27582 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27585 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
27586 We can write for example
27589 \begin_layout Standard
27592 italic page number:|textit
27595 \begin_layout Standard
27596 to get the page number in italic.
27597 \begin_inset Index idx
27600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27601 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
27606 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
27608 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27616 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27624 \begin_inset space ~
27630 Have a look at section
27631 \begin_inset space ~
27635 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27637 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27641 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
27644 \begin_layout Standard
27645 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27653 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
27657 to generate the index, see sec.
27658 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27662 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27664 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27673 , this will not work for anything other than bold or italic text.
27678 requires you to define semantic elements before they can be used, see
27679 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27682 key "latexcompanion"
27694 \begin_layout Standard
27695 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
27697 Instead, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
27698 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
27699 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
27700 If so, put the following in the preamble
27703 \begin_layout Standard
27715 \begin_layout Standard
27719 \begin_layout Standard
27725 \begin_layout Standard
27726 in the index entry.
27727 \begin_inset Index idx
27730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27731 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
27736 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
27737 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
27738 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
27741 \begin_layout Standard
27742 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
27744 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27748 \begin_inset space \space{}
27751 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
27752 for all index entries.
27753 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
27765 documentation for details,
27766 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27768 key "makeindex,xindy"
27775 \begin_layout Subsection
27777 \begin_inset Index idx
27780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27787 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27789 name "sub:Index-Program"
27796 \begin_layout Standard
27797 If the index entry program
27801 is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
27805 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
27809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27814 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
27815 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
27816 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
27817 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
27818 However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
27828 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
27829 dialog, see section
27830 \begin_inset space ~
27834 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27836 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27841 The available options are listed and explained in
27842 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27844 key "makeindex,xindy"
27849 In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
27853 \begin_layout Standard
27854 If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
27855 given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{}
27858 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27859 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27863 This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
27864 to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
27867 \begin_layout Subsection
27871 \begin_layout Standard
27872 In many fields it is common to have more than one index.
27873 For instance, you might need to set up a separate
27874 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27878 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27881 next to the standard index.
27882 LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many
27883 packages that add this feature.
27889 \begin_inset Index idx
27892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27893 LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
27898 package to generate multiple indexes.
27899 The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
27900 If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX-catalogue,
27901 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27908 Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
27909 includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
27910 Please consult the package's manual for details.
27913 \begin_layout Standard
27914 To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
27916 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27917 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27921 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27924 Use multiple Indexes
27925 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27929 Note that the list of
27930 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27934 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27937 below already contains the standard index.
27938 To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
27939 also appear as a heading) to the
27940 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27944 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27947 input field and press the
27948 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27952 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27956 The new index should now appear in the list as well.
27957 If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index
27958 by selecting the index in the list and hitting the
27959 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27962 Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27964 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27968 The label color may help you to differentiate between index entries of
27969 different indexes in the LyX work area.
27972 \begin_layout Standard
27973 Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
27976 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27978 \begin_inset space ~
27982 \begin_inset space ~
27991 menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes.
27992 The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
27993 are some additional features:
27996 \begin_layout Itemize
27997 If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
27998 on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that.
28001 \begin_layout Itemize
28002 By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
28003 Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a
28004 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28008 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28012 If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
28014 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28017 g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
28018 as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
28019 to the non-subindexes.
28022 \begin_layout Section
28023 Nomenclature / Glossary
28024 \begin_inset Index idx
28027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28034 \begin_inset Index idx
28037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28066 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28068 name "sec:Nomenclature"
28075 \begin_layout Standard
28076 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
28077 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
28081 \begin_layout Standard
28082 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
28087 \begin_inset Index idx
28090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28091 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
28097 You find it in the TeX-catalogue,
28098 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28104 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28107 \begin_layout Standard
28108 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
28109 and then use the menu
28111 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28117 \begin_inset space ~
28122 or the toolbar button
28125 arg "nomencl-insert"
28130 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28138 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28141 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
28144 \begin_layout Standard
28145 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
28146 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
28147 The second is the description of the symbol.
28150 \begin_layout Standard
28151 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
28154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28159 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
28167 \begin_layout Subsection
28168 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
28169 \begin_inset Index idx
28172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28173 Nomenclature ! Layout
28181 \begin_layout Standard
28182 If you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
28186 field as LaTeX-formulas.
28188 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28192 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28196 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28200 \begin_inset Newline newline
28208 \begin_inset Newline newline
28214 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28218 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28221 character starts/ends the formula.
28222 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
28224 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28230 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28234 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
28244 \begin_layout Standard
28245 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
28246 \begin_inset space ~
28250 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28252 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28259 \begin_layout Standard
28263 \begin_inset space ~
28268 dialog to format the description text; you have to use LaTeX-commands.
28269 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
28270 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28274 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28278 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28281 in this document is:
28282 \begin_inset Newline newline
28287 dummy entry for the character
28292 \begin_inset Newline newline
28304 \begin_inset space ~
28314 font use the command
28343 \begin_layout Subsection
28344 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
28345 \begin_inset Index idx
28348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28349 Nomenclature ! Sort order
28357 \begin_layout Standard
28358 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
28359 the symbol definition.
28360 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
28361 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
28364 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28365 LatexCommand nomenclature
28367 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
28374 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28378 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28379 LatexCommand nomenclature
28382 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
28387 They will be sorted by
28388 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28396 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28400 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28410 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28414 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28417 will be sorted before the
28421 since the character
28422 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28426 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28429 is considered in sorting.
28432 \begin_layout Standard
28433 To control the sort order, you can edit the
28436 \begin_inset space ~
28441 field of the nomenclature dialog.
28442 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
28444 For the example given, you can insert
28448 in this field for the
28449 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28456 will be located before
28457 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28463 \begin_layout Standard
28464 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
28469 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28478 \begin_layout Subsection
28479 Nomenclature Options
28480 \begin_inset Index idx
28483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28484 Nomenclature ! Options
28492 \begin_layout Standard
28497 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
28498 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
28501 \begin_layout Description
28502 refeq Appends the phrase
28503 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28515 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28518 to every nomenclature entry, where
28524 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
28527 \begin_layout Description
28528 refpage Appends the phrase
28529 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28541 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28544 to every nomenclature entry, where
28550 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
28553 \begin_layout Description
28554 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
28557 \begin_layout Standard
28558 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
28559 class options list in the
28561 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28565 In this document the options
28572 \begin_layout Standard
28573 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28579 \begin_layout Standard
28580 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
28581 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
28586 field in the nomenclature dialog:
28589 \begin_layout Description
28599 \begin_layout Description
28602 nomrefpage Like the
28609 \begin_layout Description
28612 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
28621 \begin_layout Description
28625 \begin_inset space ~
28631 \begin_inset space ~
28636 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
28639 \begin_layout Standard
28641 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28645 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28648 are automatically translated for some document languages.
28649 If not, add these lines to your LaTeX preamble:
28652 \begin_layout Standard
28660 eqdeclaration}[1]{, see equation
28663 \begin_inset Newline newline
28670 pagedeclaration}[1]{, page
28675 \begin_inset Newline newline
28679 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28683 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28687 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28691 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28694 by their translation.
28697 \begin_layout Subsection
28698 Printing the Nomenclature
28699 \begin_inset Index idx
28702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28703 Nomenclature ! Printing
28711 \begin_layout Standard
28712 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
28714 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28716 \begin_inset space ~
28720 \begin_inset space ~
28723 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28728 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28736 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28739 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
28740 By right-clicking on it, the amount of space for symbols can be altered.
28741 You can choose between these settings:
28744 \begin_layout Description
28745 Default a space of 1
28746 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28752 \begin_layout Description
28754 \begin_inset space ~
28758 \begin_inset space ~
28761 width the width of the widest symbol of all nomenclature entries is used
28764 \begin_layout Description
28765 Custom custom space
28768 \begin_layout Standard
28769 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
28770 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28774 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28778 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
28786 For example, in order to change the name to
28790 , add the following line to the preamble:
28793 \begin_layout Standard
28801 nomname}{List of Symbols}
28804 \begin_layout Subsection
28805 Nomenclature Program
28806 \begin_inset Index idx
28809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28810 Nomenclature ! Program
28816 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28818 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
28825 \begin_layout Standard
28826 LyX uses the program
28830 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
28831 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
28836 by adding options, see section
28837 \begin_inset space ~
28841 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28843 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
28848 The available options are listed and explained in
28849 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28851 key "nomencl,makeindex"
28858 \begin_layout Section
28860 \begin_inset Index idx
28863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28870 \begin_inset Index idx
28873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28874 Document ! Branches
28880 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28882 name "sec:Branches"
28889 \begin_layout Standard
28890 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
28891 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
28892 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
28893 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
28896 \begin_layout Standard
28897 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
28898 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
28899 To create a branch, either select the menu
28901 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28902 Branch\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28905 (if you just want to specify a new branch) or go in the
28907 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28914 , where you can specify and change the name of the branch, its activation
28915 state (whether the content of the branch is shown in the output or not),
28916 its background color inside LyX and whether the name of the branch should
28917 be appended to the document file name on export if the branch is active
28918 (see below for an example).
28919 Furthermore, the dialog lets you merge two branches (just rename one branch
28920 to the name of the other) and to add
28921 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28925 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28929 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28933 \begin_inset space ~
28936 branches that were added to the document via copy and paste from other documents
28937 , without having been defined) to the document's branch list.
28940 \begin_layout Standard
28941 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
28942 These boxes are inserted via the menu
28944 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28947 where you can choose a branch.
28948 You can later change the activation state of the branch by right-clicking
28952 \begin_layout Standard
28953 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
28954 is deactivated and therefore does not appear in the output:
28957 \begin_layout Standard
28958 \begin_inset Branch Question
28961 \begin_layout Standard
28962 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
28970 \begin_layout Standard
28971 \begin_inset Branch Answer
28974 \begin_layout Standard
28975 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
28983 \begin_layout Standard
28990 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28991 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28994 , the name of the active branches will be appended to the file name at export.
28995 Consider for example a file
28996 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29000 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29003 which has the above branches.
29005 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29009 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29012 is active, the PDF export file would be called
29013 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29017 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29021 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29025 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29029 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29033 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29036 branch were inactive,
29037 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29041 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29045 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29049 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29052 branch was active, likewise
29053 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29057 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29061 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29065 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29068 branch was active, and
29069 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29072 Exam-Question-Answer.pdf
29073 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29076 if both branches were active.
29077 This helps you to easily export different versions of your document without
29081 \begin_layout Standard
29082 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
29088 \begin_layout Standard
29089 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
29090 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
29092 For example you can define for the question branch
29096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29097 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
29098 \begin_inset space ~
29102 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29104 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
29116 \begin_layout Standard
29126 \begin_layout Standard
29136 \begin_layout Standard
29137 and for the answer branch
29140 \begin_layout Standard
29150 \begin_layout Standard
29160 \begin_layout Standard
29161 \begin_inset Branch Question
29164 \begin_layout Standard
29168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29196 \begin_layout Standard
29197 \begin_inset Branch Answer
29200 \begin_layout Standard
29204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29232 \begin_layout Standard
29233 Now it is possible to use the commands
29237 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
29244 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
29247 to obtain conditional output.
29248 Here is an example formula where only the
29255 \begin_inset Formula
29257 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.
29265 \begin_layout Standard
29266 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
29274 \begin_layout Section
29276 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29278 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
29283 \begin_inset Index idx
29286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29295 \begin_layout Standard
29300 dialog allows you in the
29304 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
29305 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
29310 \begin_inset Index idx
29313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29314 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
29322 \begin_layout Standard
29327 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
29328 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
29329 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
29331 You can specify in the dialog tab
29335 how the links will look and if links for bibliographical backreferences
29337 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
29338 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
29342 \begin_layout Standard
29347 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
29348 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
29349 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
29351 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
29352 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
29354 \begin_inset space ~
29357 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
29358 \begin_inset space ~
29361 1 will only display the sections.
29364 \begin_layout Standard
29365 The header information in the dialog tab
29369 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
29370 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
29371 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29375 \begin_inset space \space{}
29378 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
29379 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
29382 Automatic fill header
29384 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
29385 title and author settings.
29388 \begin_layout Standard
29391 Load in fullscreen mode
29393 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
29396 \begin_layout Standard
29397 PDF properties are also used in this document.
29398 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
29404 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
29405 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29414 \begin_layout Section
29415 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
29416 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29418 name "sec:TeX-Code"
29425 \begin_layout Subsection
29427 \begin_inset Index idx
29430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29437 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29439 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
29446 \begin_layout Standard
29447 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
29448 constructs, but not all.
29449 LaTeX contains hundreds of packages that provide different commands.
29450 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
29451 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
29452 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
29453 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
29457 \begin_layout Standard
29458 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
29460 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
29462 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29464 \begin_inset space ~
29469 or by the toolbar button
29482 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
29490 \begin_layout Standard
29491 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
29492 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
29493 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word and are therefore
29494 using the LaTeX-command
29500 , you can write the command part
29506 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
29510 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
29511 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
29512 the following example:
29515 \begin_layout Standard
29516 \begin_inset Graphics
29517 filename clipart/ERT.png
29525 \begin_layout Standard
29529 \begin_layout Standard
29530 This is a line with a
29534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29557 \begin_layout Standard
29558 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
29561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29566 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
29567 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
29575 \begin_layout Subsection
29576 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
29577 \begin_inset Argument
29580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29587 \begin_inset Index idx
29590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29597 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29599 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
29606 \begin_layout Standard
29607 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
29608 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
29609 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
29610 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29614 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29618 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
29619 any time if you know the right commands.
29621 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29625 \begin_inset space \space{}
29628 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
29630 Your boss has just complimented you for your good work but wants to have
29631 all caption labels bold.
29632 But you have over a hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
29634 Of course it is impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
29638 \begin_layout Standard
29639 Now LaTeX comes into play.
29640 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
29641 First you have to find out which and therefore look into the LaTeX package
29643 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29652 \begin_layout Standard
29653 As result you find that the package
29658 \begin_inset Index idx
29661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29662 LaTeX-packages ! caption
29668 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
29670 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29676 \begin_layout Standard
29681 usepackage[options]{package name}
29684 \begin_layout Standard
29685 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
29686 two braces and the options are set within two brackets.
29687 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
29690 \begin_layout Standard
29691 In your case the package name is
29696 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
29701 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
29702 So you add the command
29705 \begin_layout Standard
29710 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
29713 \begin_layout Standard
29714 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
29718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29719 For more commands provided by the
29723 package, have a look at its documentation,
29724 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29738 \begin_layout Standard
29739 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well-known problems
29741 For example if you use a
29745 class, you don't need the package
29749 , you can instead write
29752 \begin_layout Standard
29757 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
29762 \begin_layout Standard
29763 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
29764 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
29765 documentation of the document class you want to use.
29772 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
29775 \begin_layout Standard
29776 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
29777 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
29779 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
29780 the previous section.
29783 \begin_layout Standard
29784 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
29786 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29788 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
29795 \begin_layout Standard
29796 \begin_inset Newpage cleardoublepage
29802 \begin_layout Standard
29806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29816 \begin_inset Note Note
29819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29820 switches temporarily to a page style with custom header and footer line
29828 \begin_layout Left Header
29829 \begin_inset Argument
29832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29852 \begin_inset Note Note
29855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29856 defines the header line as described below
29864 \begin_layout Center Header
29865 \begin_inset Argument
29868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29877 \begin_layout Right Header
29878 \begin_inset Argument
29881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29902 \begin_layout Left Footer
29903 \begin_inset Argument
29906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29927 \begin_layout Center Footer
29928 \begin_inset Argument
29931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29942 \begin_inset Newline newline
29946 \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
29952 \begin_layout Right Footer
29953 \begin_inset Argument
29956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29978 \begin_layout Section
29979 Customized Page Headers and Footers
29980 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29982 name "sec:Customized-Page-Headers"
29987 \begin_inset Index idx
29990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29991 Document ! Header/Footer line
29997 \begin_inset Index idx
30000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30009 \begin_layout Standard
30010 To define a custom page header and footer line for your document, you need
30011 to set the headings style to
30017 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30023 \begin_inset space ~
30029 As a second step add in the menu
30031 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30032 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30036 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30039 Custom Header/Footerlines
30040 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30044 This module offers the following 6
30045 \begin_inset space ~
30051 \begin_layout Description
30053 \begin_inset space ~
30057 \begin_inset space ~
30061 \begin_inset space ~
30065 \begin_inset space ~
30069 \begin_inset space ~
30075 \begin_layout Description
30077 \begin_inset space ~
30081 \begin_inset space ~
30085 \begin_inset space ~
30089 \begin_inset space ~
30093 \begin_inset space ~
30099 \begin_layout Standard
30100 for the different positions in the header/footer.
30103 \begin_layout Standard
30104 Normally, headers and footers are set up in the beginning of the document.
30105 But you can change them anywhere you want to.
30107 \begin_inset space ~
30111 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
30113 reference "fig:Page-layout"
30117 shows the page layout and where the header/footer styles will appear.
30120 \begin_layout Standard
30121 \begin_inset Float figure
30127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30130 \begin_inset Tabular
30131 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
30132 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
30133 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30134 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30135 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30137 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
30149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30155 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30166 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30184 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30195 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none" width="90line%">
30198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30199 The normal text on the page goes here.
30200 The running header is above the text, and the footer is below (including
30202 Headers/footers typically contain things like the page number, title of
30203 the chapter, company logo but your can use almost anything, except of floats.
30208 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30217 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30228 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30246 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30257 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
30269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30275 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30293 \begin_inset Caption
30295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30296 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30298 name "fig:Page-layout"
30302 Page layout with custom header and footer line.
30315 \begin_layout Subsection
30319 \begin_layout Standard
30320 To define your header line, add all 3
30321 \begin_inset space ~
30325 The things you add to the styles appear on uneven pages, the things in
30326 the optional arguments on even pages.
30327 For single-sided documents, the optional arguments will not be used and
30329 If you leave a style or its argument empty, nothing appears in the output.
30330 Defining the footer line works similar.
30333 \begin_layout Standard
30334 For the definition, you will need some LaTeX-commands that are inserted
30337 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30350 \begin_inset space ~
30358 \begin_layout Description
30361 thepage prints the current page number
30364 \begin_layout Description
30367 Roman{page} prints the current page number with capital roman numerals
30370 \begin_layout Description
30373 roman{page} prints the current page number with small roman numerals
30376 \begin_layout Description
30379 leftmark prints the current section number and title.
30380 If the document has chapters, it prints the current chapter number and
30383 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30387 \begin_inset Quotes prd
30390 because it usually goes in a left header.
30393 \begin_layout Description
30396 rightmark prints the current subsection number and title.
30397 If the document has chapters, it prints the current section number and
30399 It is normally used in the right header.
30402 \begin_layout Subsection
30403 Default header/footer
30406 \begin_layout Standard
30407 The custom header/footer is not empty by default.
30408 The default header contains the chapter and section title and the center
30409 footer has the page number.
30410 In order to remove unwanted entries from the header/footer, include the
30411 relevant header/footer style in your document, but leave it blank.
30412 So, if you do not want a page number in the footer, include a blank
30415 \begin_inset space ~
30423 \begin_layout Subsection
30427 \begin_layout Standard
30428 The header and footer will appear on normal pages.
30429 Some pages are different.
30430 The title page has a style of its own, and so does any page that starts
30431 a new part or chapter in your book.
30432 Such pages will not have the custom headers/footers, but that is normal.
30433 There is for example no need to print a header with the chapter name on
30434 the chapter page where the chapter heading is in big bold letters anyway.
30437 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30438 Header and footer decoration line
30441 \begin_layout Standard
30442 By default, you get a 0.4
30443 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30446 pt thick line below the header and no footer line.
30447 This can be changed in the document preamble with the commands
30459 in the following scheme:
30462 \begin_layout Standard
30469 headrulewidth}{thickness}
30472 \begin_layout Standard
30473 Where thickness is a size in standard units like
30482 If you don't want a line, set the thickness to 0
30483 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30489 \begin_layout Standard
30490 The lines can also be colored, but this requires more knowledge of LaTeX.
30491 If you really need this, have a look at the Internet or in sec.
30492 \begin_inset space ~
30496 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30505 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30506 Several header/footer lines
30509 \begin_layout Standard
30510 In case you need more than one text line as a header/footer, you can do
30511 this by adding a normal line break in the style definition.
30512 However, the default height of the header/footer is only the one of one
30514 To expand the height, redefine the LaTeX length
30526 in this scheme in your document preamble:
30529 \begin_layout Standard
30536 headheight}{height}
30539 \begin_layout Standard
30540 Where height is a size in standard units.
30541 If you don't know which amount of space is needed for the height, define
30542 your header/footer and preview your document as PDF.
30543 Then open the LaTeX logfile via the menu
30545 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30559 and look via the button
30562 \begin_inset space ~
30567 if you find a warning of the package
30572 \begin_inset Index idx
30575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30576 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
30582 If there is such a warning, it contains the space that you need at least
30583 for your header/footer.
30586 \begin_layout Subsection
30590 \begin_layout Standard
30591 This example demonstrates what can be done with custom header/footers.
30592 Don't use it for your document as it is just an example.
30593 This example consists of the following definition:
30596 \begin_layout Description
30598 \begin_inset space ~
30607 , empty optional argument
30610 \begin_layout Description
30612 \begin_inset space ~
30615 Header empty, empty optional argument
30618 \begin_layout Description
30620 \begin_inset space ~
30629 in the optional argument
30632 \begin_layout Description
30634 \begin_inset space ~
30643 in the optional argument
30646 \begin_layout Description
30648 \begin_inset space ~
30660 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30664 \begin_inset Newline newline
30668 \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
30672 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30675 in the optional argument
30678 \begin_layout Description
30680 \begin_inset space ~
30689 , empty optional argument
30692 \begin_layout Description
30695 headrulewidth set to 2
30696 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30702 \begin_layout Standard
30703 In principle you can use almost everything in headers/footers, except floats.
30704 For more special things like e.
30705 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30709 \begin_inset space ~
30712 thumb-indexes, see the manual of the
30717 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30726 \begin_layout Standard
30727 \begin_inset Newpage clearpage
30733 \begin_layout Standard
30737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30741 pagestyle{headings}
30747 \begin_inset Note Note
30750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30751 switches back to page style with the default headings
30759 \begin_layout Section
30760 Previewing Snippets of your Document
30761 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30763 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
30768 \begin_inset Index idx
30771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30778 \begin_inset Index idx
30781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30790 \begin_layout Standard
30791 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
30792 fly so you can see how they will look in the final document without having
30793 to break your train of thought with viewing the output.
30796 \begin_layout Subsection
30800 \begin_layout Standard
30801 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
30806 \begin_inset Index idx
30809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30810 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
30815 (on some systems named simply
30820 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX-catalogue,
30822 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30828 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
30829 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
30837 package; for LyX on Windows this program and also the LaTeX-package are
30838 automatically installed together with LyX.
30841 \begin_layout Subsection
30845 \begin_layout Standard
30846 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
30847 LaTeX, activate the option
30850 \begin_inset space ~
30857 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30863 \begin_inset space ~
30867 \begin_inset space ~
30870 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30877 \begin_inset space ~
30890 \begin_inset space ~
30895 is the multiplication factor for the size.
30898 \begin_layout Standard
30899 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
30903 \begin_layout Standard
30904 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
30907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30912 Previews of an already loaded document are not in every case immediately
30913 generated by activating the option
30916 \begin_inset space ~
30922 Reopening the documents will fix such problems.
30930 \begin_layout Subsection
30931 Selected document parts
30934 \begin_layout Standard
30935 Besides math there are other cases where you might like to see a preview,
30936 for example things that LyX cannot render like rotated parts or things
30937 that are not yet supported by LyX.
30938 To do this, insert a preview inset via the menu
30940 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30944 Insert or paste the stuff that you want to preview into this inset.
30945 The preview will be generated when the cursor is outside the preview inset.
30946 If you click on the preview, you can edit the previewed stuff.
30949 \begin_layout Standard
30950 An example: To create rotated boxes, you use the LaTeX command
30956 which is not yet supported by LyX.
30960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30967 is explained in section
30969 Rotated and Scaled Boxes
30974 \begin_inset space ~
30984 Instead of the TeX Code boxes you want to see in LyX the final rotated
30985 boxes, for example to adjust the rotation angle to fit with the surrounding
30987 Therefore you create a preview inset and copy the text with the rotated
30989 Here is the result:
30992 \begin_layout Standard
30993 \begin_inset Preview
30995 \begin_layout Standard
31000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31004 rotatebox[origin=r]{-60}{
31010 \begin_inset Box Doublebox
31020 height_special "totalheight"
31023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31048 rotatebox[origin=lb]{60}{
31054 \begin_inset Formula $\int A\,\mathrm{d}x=B$
31061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31076 \begin_layout Standard
31077 Previewing works also for colors.
31078 In this example a special framed, colored box was created using the LaTeX
31089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31096 is explained in section
31103 \begin_inset space ~
31116 \begin_layout Standard
31117 \begin_inset Preview
31119 \begin_layout Standard
31123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31142 fcolorbox{cyan}{magenta}{
31147 This is text within a colored, framed box.
31151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31166 \begin_layout Standard
31167 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
31173 \begin_layout Standard
31174 If LyX does not show a preview, make sure that you enabled previews as described
31175 above and also make sure that TeX Code in the preview inset is valid and
31176 that you loaded the LaTeX packages in your document preamble that are required
31178 If LyX cannot create a preview, you will in most cases also not be able
31179 to view your document due to LaTeX errors.
31180 So if you have to use some TeX Code and don't know if it is correct, the
31181 preview inset is a nice method to check it without the need to view the
31185 \begin_layout Subsection
31189 \begin_layout Standard
31190 You can preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts of it.
31193 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31195 \begin_inset space ~
31200 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
31201 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
31203 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
31204 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
31205 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
31206 the source view window.
31209 \begin_layout Section
31210 Advanced Find and Replace
31211 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31213 name "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
31218 \begin_inset Index idx
31221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31228 \begin_inset Index idx
31231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31240 \begin_layout Subsection
31244 \begin_layout Standard
31245 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX allows for searching of complex,
31246 format-sensitive text segments and mathematics contents within LyX documents.
31247 It is an enhancement of the standard (quick) find and replace feature.
31248 The key-features are:
31251 \begin_layout Itemize
31252 Both searching of text and of mathematical formulas is allowed, where the
31253 latter is done by entering mathematics in the usual way; not only entire
31254 mathematical formulas are found, but also parts occurring within more complex
31258 \begin_layout Itemize
31259 Search may be format-insensitive, so that the searched text is found in
31260 any context/style (standard text, section headings, notes, and even mathematics
31261 ), or it may be format-sensitive, so that, for example, a word entered with
31262 a section heading will only be found within section headings
31265 \begin_layout Itemize
31266 Search may be widened to a specific
31271 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31275 \begin_inset space ~
31278 a set of files which may be all the children of the document being edited,
31279 all the open files, or all the manuals available from the
31286 \begin_layout Itemize
31287 Replace may optionally preserve capitalization, so that the replaced text
31288 capitalization is adapted to the matching text (i.
31289 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31293 \begin_inset space ~
31296 all lowercase, all uppercase, first uppercase followed by lowercase)
31299 \begin_layout Subsection
31303 \begin_layout Standard
31304 The advanced find and replace feature is activated through the menu
31306 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31319 arg "dialog-show findreplaceadv"
31322 ) or the toolbar button
31325 arg "dialog-toggle findreplaceadv"
31331 Advanced Find and Replace
31336 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31340 \begin_layout Standard
31345 LyX mini-editor a simple word, and search for occurrences of it by clicking
31350 button at the bottom of the dialog (or just press the
31355 The entered word is found both in text mode and in math mode, and in emphasized
31356 , bold or normal face, and in both in section titles and in standard text.
31357 Pressing repeatedly
31361 keeps searching forward.
31362 Similarly, pressing
31366 searches for the entered text backwards.
31369 \begin_layout Standard
31370 While searching, the
31374 option allows matches to occur only with the same case as entered in the
31384 option allows matches to occur only at word boundaries.
31387 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31388 Searching for mathematics
31391 \begin_layout Standard
31392 Mathematical formulas may be searched for by typing in the
31396 editor a mathematical formula, such as
31397 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
31400 or also something more complex like
31401 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}$
31405 When searching for a formula, it is found both when it is alone and when
31406 it occurs in sub-formulas and nested parts of sub-formulas, for example
31407 the mentioned segments would be found in something like
31408 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{\sqrt{\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}}}.$
31414 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31418 \begin_layout Standard
31419 It is also possible to search for text with specific styles.
31420 This is done by switching to the
31424 tab of the dialog and unchecking the
31429 This way, entering in the
31436 \begin_layout Itemize
31437 a plain word and searching for it would not find instances of the word occurring
31438 in emphasized or boldface.
31441 \begin_layout Itemize
31442 an emphasized or boldface word and searching for it would find the respective
31443 instances with same face only, and within the same text style only.
31444 Note that, for example, an emphasized text is found not only when occurring
31445 alone, but also when it is contained in a longer emphasized sentence.
31448 \begin_layout Itemize
31449 a plain word in a section heading, and searching for it, finds occurrences
31450 of if only within section headings.
31451 Also, if the text to search is given an emphasized or bold face, in addition
31452 to a section style, then it is found only when occurring with the same
31456 \begin_layout Itemize
31457 some mathematics in a displayed formula will only find instances of this
31458 formula that are also displayed formulas (and not inline formulas).
31461 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31465 \begin_layout Standard
31466 The text segments matching the text entered in the
31470 editor may be replaced with the text segments entered in the
31478 In order to find the next occurrence and replace it, click on the
31482 button or alternatively
31504 \begin_layout Standard
31505 You can replace full-featured formatted LyX segments in place of the matching
31506 text segments in your document.
31507 Typical scenarios in which to use this capability may be (just to mention
31511 \begin_layout Itemize
31512 replacing occurrences of a word with a customized formatted version of the
31513 same word, for example replacing occurrences of a name like
31514 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31518 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31521 with its typewriter version
31524 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31528 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31534 \begin_layout Itemize
31535 performing a notation rework of mathematical symbols, for example replacing
31537 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31541 \begin_inset Formula $R$
31545 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31549 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31553 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{R}$
31557 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31560 (you may want to enable the
31568 options and disable the
31576 tab, in order to avoid replacing all
31577 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31581 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31584 letters occurring in normal text), or occurrences of
31585 \begin_inset Formula $x_{j}^{i}$
31589 \begin_inset Formula $x_{i,\, j}$
31592 , or occurrences of
31593 \begin_inset Formula $x[k]$
31597 \begin_inset Formula $x_{k}$
31603 \begin_layout Subsection
31607 \begin_layout Standard
31608 There is a regular expression (regexp) based searching facility.
31612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31613 A good explanation of regular expressions is given in this Wikipedia entry:
31615 \begin_inset CommandInset href
31617 target "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression"
31626 You can search for regular expression by inserting a regexp inset into
31632 This is done via the menu
31634 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31635 Insert Regular Expression
31637 while the cursor is in the
31642 Characters entered within regexp insets are matched according to the regular
31643 expression matching rules
31647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31648 Under the constraint that any (sub)expression must match a well-formed LyX
31650 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31654 \begin_inset space ~
31657 when matching LaTeX code, no segments with unbalanced {} braces are allowed
31658 to match expressions.
31663 , while text entered outside regexp insets is matched exactly against the
31664 same text in the document.
31665 Note that it is allowed to cut and paste regexp-mode insets as usual.
31666 Examples of using such a feature may be:
31669 \begin_layout Enumerate
31670 Searching for all fractions with a given denominator: for example, entering
31675 editor the fraction
31676 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{.*}{1+x^{2}}$
31680 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31683 on the numerator is the match-everything regular expression) finds all
31684 fractions with the given denominator.
31687 \begin_layout Enumerate
31688 Searching for all text with a given style: for example, after unchecking
31700 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31705 regular expression and adding for it an emphasized or bold face, finds
31706 all emphasized and bold face text, respectively.
31708 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31711 regular expression in a bullet or enumerated list or a section heading,
31712 you can find all bullet or enumerated lists or section headings.
31715 \begin_layout Standard
31716 Finally, references to (sub)expressions in regexp may be used as usual,
31717 enclosing parts of the expression within round braces
31718 \begin_inset Formula $()$
31721 , and referring back to them through
31722 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
31726 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash2$
31730 For example, try searching for the regexp
31731 \begin_inset Formula $([a-z]+)[[:blank:]]\backslash1$
31734 in order to find word repetitions, if there are any.
31737 \begin_layout Standard
31738 Note that back references work both when occurring within the same regexp,
31739 and when occurring in multiple different regexps, where the numbering of
31740 back-referenced sub-expressions is absolute, i.
31741 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31745 \begin_inset space ~
31749 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
31752 always refers to the first occurrence of
31753 \begin_inset Formula $()$
31756 in all entered regexps.
31759 \begin_layout Standard
31760 Note also that the use of back references in the replaced text is not (yet)
31764 \begin_layout Section
31766 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31768 name "sec:Spellchecking"
31773 \begin_inset Index idx
31776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31785 \begin_layout Standard
31786 LyX has a built-in spell checker.
31789 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31796 or the toolbar button
31799 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
31802 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
31803 A sidebar will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found, allowing
31804 you to edit and replace it in a second line.
31805 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
31806 scrolled so that it is visible.
31807 In the spellchecker sidebar, there is a box showing suggestions for a correctio
31808 n, if any could be found.
31809 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy it to the
31813 field, double-click directly invokes the replacement.
31814 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
31817 \begin_layout Standard
31818 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
31821 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31825 You can specify the language of a word in the spellchecker dialog by choosing
31826 a different one at the top of the dialog.
31827 LyX can correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
31828 This work if you have marked the different languages appropriately and
31829 have the spell checker dictionaries installed.
31830 LyX automatically switches to the appropriate dictionary file.
31833 \begin_layout Subsection
31837 \begin_layout Standard
31838 In LyX's preferences dialog under
31841 \begin_inset space ~
31844 Setting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31847 you can set the following things:
31850 \begin_layout Description
31852 \begin_inset space ~
31855 engine Select the library LyX should use for spell checking.
31856 Depending on your platform,
31870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31871 Enchant itself is a wrapper library having different configurable back-ends.
31872 Please consult the documentation or man-page of it to learn more.
31887 \begin_layout Description
31889 \begin_inset space ~
31892 language If this field is not empty, LyX will always use the given language
31893 for the spell checking, no matter what the document language is.
31896 \begin_layout Description
31898 \begin_inset space ~
31901 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
31903 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31907 \begin_inset space \space{}
31911 This should normally not be needed.
31914 \begin_layout Description
31916 \begin_inset space ~
31920 \begin_inset space ~
31923 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
31925 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31929 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31935 \begin_layout Description
31937 \begin_inset space ~
31940 continuously Check the spelling of your document as you type it.
31941 Misspelled words get underlined with a dotted red line.
31942 By right-clicking on an underlined word, suggestions from the spellchecker
31943 appear in the context menu.
31944 Choosing one of them will replace the misspelled word with the suggested
31948 \begin_layout Description
31950 \begin_inset space ~
31954 \begin_inset space ~
31958 \begin_inset space ~
31961 comments If enabled, the spelling of non-printed document contents is checked
31965 \begin_layout Section
31967 \begin_inset Index idx
31970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31977 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31979 name "sec:Thesaurus"
31986 \begin_layout Standard
31987 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
31988 It uses the same thesaurus framework as LibreOffice, OpenOffice and Firefox
31997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31998 \begin_inset CommandInset href
32000 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
32009 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
32010 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
32011 are available for many languages.
32014 \begin_layout Standard
32015 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
32019 \begin_layout Subsection
32020 Setting up the thesaurus
32023 \begin_layout Standard
32031 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
32036 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
32041 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
32043 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32047 en_EN for English).
32048 For instance, the English files are named:
32051 \begin_layout Itemize
32055 \begin_layout Itemize
32059 \begin_layout Standard
32060 If you have LibreOffice or OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these
32061 files should be already on your system.
32062 If not, you can get dictionaries either from
32063 \begin_inset Flex URL
32066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32068 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/dictionaries/trunk/thes
32074 \begin_inset Flex URL
32077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32079 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org/en/search/node/thesaurus
32088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32089 Note that, as of OpenOffice
32090 \begin_inset space ~
32094 \begin_inset Flex URL
32097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32099 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
32104 are usually packed in extension archives (
32108 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
32110 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
32111 unpack a zip archive.
32124 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
32125 s), and specify the path to this directory in
32127 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32128 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32132 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
32135 \begin_layout Subsection
32136 Using the thesaurus
32139 \begin_layout Standard
32140 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
32142 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32145 or the toolbar button
32148 arg "thesaurus-entry"
32151 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
32153 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
32155 The proposals are grouped into categories.
32156 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
32157 and hyponyms (such as
32165 ), compounds (such as
32169 ) and antonyms (such as
32177 ), which are marked as such.
32180 \begin_layout Standard
32181 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
32182 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
32186 \begin_layout Standard
32187 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
32188 the dictionary, such as the above
32192 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
32193 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32197 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
32198 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
32199 For example looking up the word forms
32207 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
32212 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
32213 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32225 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
32226 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
32227 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
32230 \begin_layout Section
32232 \begin_inset Index idx
32235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32242 \begin_inset Index idx
32245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32246 Document ! Change Tracking
32252 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32254 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
32261 \begin_layout Standard
32262 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
32263 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
32264 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
32265 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
32267 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32269 \begin_inset space ~
32272 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32274 \begin_inset space ~
32282 \begin_layout Standard
32283 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
32297 The color depends on the author that made the change.
32298 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
32301 \begin_inset space ~
32305 \begin_inset space ~
32315 \begin_inset Index idx
32318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32319 Color ! Change tracking
32324 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
32325 the cursor is in changed text.
32326 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
32329 arg "changes-merge"
32335 \begin_layout Standard
32336 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
32337 \begin_inset Index idx
32340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32349 \begin_layout Standard
32350 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32356 \begin_layout Standard
32357 \begin_inset Graphics
32358 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
32366 \begin_layout Standard
32367 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32373 \begin_layout Standard
32374 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
32378 \begin_layout Standard
32379 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32385 \begin_layout Standard
32386 \begin_inset Tabular
32387 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
32388 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
32389 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
32390 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
32391 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32400 arg "changes-track"
32408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32414 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32416 \begin_inset space ~
32419 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32421 \begin_inset space ~
32430 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32439 arg "changes-output"
32447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32453 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32455 \begin_inset space ~
32458 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32460 \begin_inset space ~
32464 \begin_inset space ~
32468 \begin_inset space ~
32477 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32498 Jumps to the next change
32504 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32513 arg "change-accept"
32521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32527 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32529 \begin_inset space ~
32532 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32534 \begin_inset space ~
32543 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32552 arg "change-reject"
32560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32566 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32568 \begin_inset space ~
32571 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32573 \begin_inset space ~
32582 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32591 arg "changes-merge"
32599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32605 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32607 \begin_inset space ~
32610 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32612 \begin_inset space ~
32621 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32630 arg "all-changes-accept"
32638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32644 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32646 \begin_inset space ~
32649 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32651 \begin_inset space ~
32655 \begin_inset space ~
32664 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32673 arg "all-changes-reject"
32681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32687 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32689 \begin_inset space ~
32692 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32694 \begin_inset space ~
32698 \begin_inset space ~
32707 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32730 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32731 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32733 \begin_inset space ~
32742 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32765 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32767 \begin_inset space ~
32783 \begin_layout Standard
32784 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32790 \begin_layout Standard
32791 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
32792 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
32793 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
32794 the next change after the current cursor position.
32795 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
32796 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
32797 step to the next change.
32798 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
32801 \begin_layout Standard
32802 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
32803 to describe a change.
32806 \begin_layout Standard
32807 To show the made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
32812 \begin_inset Index idx
32815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32816 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
32822 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
32823 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
32829 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
32832 \begin_layout Section
32833 Comparison of Documents
32834 \begin_inset Index idx
32837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32838 Comparison of documents
32846 \begin_layout Standard
32847 You can compare two different LyX files via the menu
32849 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32853 The comparison result is a LyX file with change tracking enabled showing
32855 In the comparison dialog you can select from which document LyX should
32856 take the document settings for the resulting difference file with the option
32860 \begin_inset space ~
32864 \begin_inset space ~
32868 \begin_inset space ~
32877 \begin_inset space ~
32881 \begin_inset space ~
32885 \begin_inset space ~
32889 \begin_inset space ~
32893 \begin_inset space ~
32897 \begin_inset space ~
32902 enables the change tracking option
32905 \begin_inset space ~
32909 \begin_inset space ~
32913 \begin_inset space ~
32918 to visualize the differences also in the PDF output of the difference file.
32921 \begin_layout Section
32922 International Support
32923 \begin_inset Index idx
32926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32927 International support
32935 \begin_layout Standard
32936 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
32937 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
32938 how to set up LyX to use them:
32939 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
32941 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
32948 \begin_layout Standard
32949 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
32950 \begin_inset space ~
32954 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32956 reference "sub:Special-Character"
32963 \begin_layout Subsection
32965 \begin_inset Index idx
32968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32975 \begin_inset Index idx
32978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32979 Document ! Settings
32985 \begin_inset Index idx
32988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32989 Document ! Language
32997 \begin_layout Standard
33000 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33003 dialog lets you set
33005 the language and character encoding for your language.
33009 \begin_layout Standard
33010 Choose your language in the
33014 section of this dialog.
33022 \begin_layout Standard
33027 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
33032 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
33033 For details about the different encoding options see section
33034 \begin_inset space ~
33038 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33040 reference "chap:The-Document-Settings"
33047 \begin_layout Subsection
33048 Keyboard mapping configuration
33049 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33051 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
33058 \begin_layout Standard
33059 If you have for example a U.
33060 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
33063 S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language other than English, you
33064 can use an alternate keymap.
33065 For example, if you have a U.
33066 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
33069 S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian, you can configure LyX to
33070 use an Italian keymap.
33071 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
33073 \begin_inset space ~
33077 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33079 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
33084 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
33085 which one you want to use.
33088 \begin_layout Standard
33089 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
33090 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
33091 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
33092 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
33093 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
33094 one to support the characters you want.
33095 This and many other customizations are explained in the
33102 \begin_layout Subsection
33106 \begin_layout Standard
33108 \begin_inset space ~
33112 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33114 reference "tab:The-latin1-character"
33123 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
33127 \begin_layout Standard
33128 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
33129 Here are some of the details you will need to bear in mind when using character
33137 \begin_layout Itemize
33138 Even if you have selected
33144 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33147 dialog, users who have only the
33151 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
33155 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
33156 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
33157 french quotes will not show up.
33160 \begin_layout Standard
33161 \begin_inset Float table
33166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33167 \begin_inset Caption
33169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33170 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33172 name "tab:The-latin1-character"
33188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33190 \begin_inset Tabular
33191 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
33192 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
33193 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33194 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33195 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33196 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33197 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33198 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33199 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33200 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33201 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33202 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33203 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33204 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33205 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33206 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33207 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33208 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33209 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34062 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37622 \begin_layout Standard
37623 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
37625 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
37626 also the characters from
37638 \begin_layout Itemize
37647 \begin_layout Standard
37648 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
37649 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37655 \begin_layout Standard
37656 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
37657 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37663 \begin_layout Standard
37664 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
37665 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37671 \begin_layout Standard
37672 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
37673 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37679 \begin_layout Standard
37681 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37687 \begin_layout Standard
37689 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37695 \begin_layout Standard
37697 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37704 \begin_layout Itemize
37717 \begin_layout Standard
37719 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37725 \begin_layout Standard
37727 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37733 \begin_layout Standard
37735 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37741 \begin_layout Standard
37743 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37749 \begin_layout Standard
37751 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37757 \begin_layout Standard
37759 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37766 \begin_layout Standard
37767 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
37768 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
37769 Also make sure you're using the
37776 \begin_layout Chapter
37779 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37781 name "chap:The-User-Interface"
37788 \begin_layout Standard
37789 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
37790 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
37791 topic inside the user's guide.
37794 \begin_layout Section
37796 \begin_inset Index idx
37799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37808 \begin_layout Standard
37813 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
37816 \begin_layout Subsection
37820 \begin_layout Standard
37821 Creates a new document.
37824 \begin_layout Subsection
37828 \begin_layout Standard
37829 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
37830 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
37831 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
37834 \begin_layout Subsection
37838 \begin_layout Standard
37842 \begin_layout Subsection
37846 \begin_layout Standard
37847 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
37848 Click there on a file to open it.
37851 \begin_layout Subsection
37855 \begin_layout Standard
37856 Closes the current document.
37859 \begin_layout Subsection
37863 \begin_layout Standard
37864 Closes all opened documents.
37867 \begin_layout Subsection
37871 \begin_layout Standard
37872 Saves the actual document.
37875 \begin_layout Subsection
37879 \begin_layout Standard
37880 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
37883 \begin_layout Subsection
37887 \begin_layout Standard
37888 Saves all opened documents.
37891 \begin_layout Subsection
37895 \begin_layout Standard
37896 Reloads the actual document from disk.
37899 \begin_layout Subsection
37903 \begin_layout Standard
37904 This is used when multiple people are working on the same document or when
37905 one person wants to keep a careful archive of changes.
37906 It is described in the section
37908 Version Control in LyX
37912 Additional Features
37917 \begin_layout Subsection
37921 \begin_layout Standard
37922 Here you can import files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
37923 NoWeb-files, plain text files and comma separated, table-like text files
37925 The files will be imported as a new LyX-document.
37928 \begin_layout Standard
37929 When using the menu entry
37932 \begin_inset space ~
37937 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
37941 \begin_inset space ~
37945 \begin_inset space ~
37950 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
37951 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
37954 \begin_layout Subsection
37956 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37965 \begin_layout Standard
37966 You can export your document to various file formats.
37967 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
37968 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
37969 They depend on the programs found by LyX during its configuration.
37972 \begin_layout Standard
37973 Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in detail
37975 \begin_inset space ~
37979 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37981 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
37988 \begin_layout Description
37994 \begin_inset space ~
38001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38008 yX format of the special LyX
38009 \begin_inset space ~
38012 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese and Korean (CJK)
38013 \begin_inset Newline newline
38016 Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated into LyX.
38019 \begin_layout Description
38020 DocBook text file with code in the language SGML that is used for the markup
38026 \begin_layout Description
38028 \begin_inset space ~
38031 (XML) text file with code in the language XML that is used for the markup
38037 \begin_layout Description
38038 DraftDVI LaTeX's native DVI-format.
38039 This format is not suitable if you have special characters or spaces in
38040 files paths or file names in your document.
38041 LyX use this format internally as a pre-stage to export to
38048 \begin_layout Description
38049 DVI DVI-format that also allows the useage of special characters or spaces
38050 in files paths or file names
38053 \begin_layout Description
38055 \begin_inset space ~
38062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38069 eX) DVI-format using the program
38073 ; supports Unicode and the usage of non-TeX fonts;
38076 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
38079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38084 not all DVI-viewers are currently able to display this output format properly.
38092 \begin_layout Description
38094 \begin_inset space ~
38097 Dot text file with code in the programming language
38101 which is used to draw visualizations of graphs via the program
38106 \begin_layout Description
38107 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and may not
38111 \begin_layout Description
38113 \begin_inset space ~
38117 \begin_inset space ~
38120 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
38124 ; as a consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and
38132 \begin_layout Description
38139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38147 \begin_inset space ~
38158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38171 text file with the LaTeX source that is compilable with the program
38176 \begin_layout Description
38183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38191 \begin_inset space ~
38196 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
38197 will be converted to a format that is readable by the
38201 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
38204 \begin_layout Description
38211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38219 \begin_inset space ~
38224 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
38225 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
38233 \begin_layout Description
38240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38248 \begin_inset space ~
38259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38272 text file with the LaTeX source that is compilable with the program
38277 \begin_layout Description
38279 \begin_inset space ~
38283 \begin_inset space ~
38292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38301 TeX) text file with the LaTeX source and also code in the syntax of the
38302 music notation software
38307 \begin_layout Description
38314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38324 \begin_inset space ~
38328 \begin_inset space ~
38331 (zip|tar.gz) creates a zip-archive or a tar.gz-archive file (depending upon
38332 your system) that contains your document and all files that are necessary
38333 to compile it (images, child documents, BibTeX files, etc.)
38336 \begin_layout Description
38343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38353 \begin_inset space ~
38356 z.y.x LyX-Document in a format readable by the LyX versions z.y.x (
38357 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38361 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38365 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38369 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38372 represent the version number)
38375 \begin_layout Description
38382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38391 yXHTML HTML-format using LyX's internal XHTML engine
38394 \begin_layout Description
38395 NoWeb text file with code in the format of the literate programming language
38400 \begin_layout Description
38401 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted file, to be opened with
38403 LibreOffice, OpenOffice, KOffice, Abiword
38406 (The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in
38410 \begin_layout Description
38414 \begin_inset space ~
38419 PDF-format using the program
38423 , produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file
38426 \begin_layout Description
38430 \begin_inset space ~
38437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38446 PDF-format using the program
38450 , produces PDF-files directly
38453 \begin_layout Description
38457 \begin_inset space ~
38462 PDF-format using the program
38466 , produces PDF-files directly
38469 \begin_layout Description
38473 \begin_inset space ~
38478 PDF-format using the program
38482 , produces internally a PostScript-file which is then converted to a PDF-file
38485 \begin_layout Description
38489 \begin_inset space ~
38496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38505 PDF-format using the program
38509 , produces PDF-files directly
38512 \begin_layout Description
38516 \begin_inset space ~
38524 \begin_layout Description
38528 \begin_inset space ~
38532 \begin_inset space ~
38537 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
38538 and then exported as text using the program
38543 \begin_layout Description
38548 PostScript format using the program
38553 \begin_layout Description
38554 Sweave text file with the LaTeX source and also code in the statistical
38555 programming language
38568 it is possible to use
38575 \begin_layout Standard
38576 If one of the menu entries
38583 \begin_inset space ~
38592 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
38593 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
38594 \begin_inset space ~
38598 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38600 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
38605 \begin_inset Index idx
38608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38609 Reconfiguration of LyX
38617 \begin_layout Subsection
38621 \begin_layout Standard
38622 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
38623 format or send it to a printer.
38624 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
38625 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
38631 For more information have a look at section
38632 \begin_inset space ~
38636 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38638 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
38645 \begin_layout Subsection
38649 \begin_layout Standard
38650 This menu entry will only appear if you have a fax program installed (on
38651 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
38652 prefix, see section
38653 \begin_inset space ~
38657 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38659 reference "sec:Paths"
38664 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
38673 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
38674 The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
38675 \begin_inset space ~
38679 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38681 reference "sub:Converters"
38688 \begin_layout Subsection
38689 New and Close Window
38692 \begin_layout Standard
38693 Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
38696 \begin_layout Subsection
38700 \begin_layout Standard
38701 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
38704 \begin_layout Section
38706 \begin_inset Index idx
38709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38718 \begin_layout Subsection
38722 \begin_layout Standard
38723 Described in section
38724 \begin_inset space ~
38728 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38730 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
38737 \begin_layout Subsection
38738 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
38741 \begin_layout Standard
38742 Described in section
38743 \begin_inset space ~
38747 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38749 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
38756 \begin_layout Subsection
38760 \begin_layout Standard
38761 Selects the content of the inset where the cursor is currently in.
38762 If the cursor is outside of an inset, the whole document will be selected.
38765 \begin_layout Subsection
38769 \begin_layout Standard
38770 Selects the whole document.
38773 \begin_layout Subsection
38774 Find & Replace (Quick)
38777 \begin_layout Standard
38778 Described in section
38779 \begin_inset space ~
38783 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38785 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
38792 \begin_layout Subsection
38793 Find & Replace (Advanced)
38796 \begin_layout Standard
38797 Described in section
38798 \begin_inset space ~
38802 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38804 reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
38811 \begin_layout Subsection
38812 Move Paragraph Up/Down
38815 \begin_layout Standard
38816 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
38820 \begin_layout Subsection
38824 \begin_layout Standard
38825 Described in section
38826 \begin_inset space ~
38830 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38832 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
38839 \begin_layout Subsection
38841 \begin_inset Index idx
38844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38845 Paragraph ! Settings
38853 \begin_layout Standard
38854 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
38855 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently
38859 \begin_layout Standard
38860 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
38861 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
38863 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38869 \begin_inset space ~
38877 \begin_layout Subsection
38878 Table Settings and Math
38881 \begin_layout Standard
38882 These two menus are only fully active if the cursor is inside a table or
38884 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
38885 The properties of tables are described in section
38886 \begin_inset space ~
38890 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38892 reference "sec:Tables"
38896 , the properties of formulas in chapter
38897 \begin_inset space ~
38901 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38903 reference "chap:Mathematical-Formulas"
38910 \begin_layout Subsection
38911 Increase / Decrease List Depth
38914 \begin_layout Standard
38915 These menu entries are only active if the cursor is in an environment that
38917 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
38918 \begin_inset space ~
38922 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38924 reference "sec:Nesting"
38929 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38931 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
38938 \begin_layout Section
38940 \begin_inset Index idx
38943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38952 \begin_layout Standard
38953 At the bottom of the
38957 menu the opened documents are listed.
38960 \begin_layout Subsection
38961 Open/Close all Insets
38964 \begin_layout Standard
38965 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
38968 \begin_layout Subsection
38969 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
38972 \begin_layout Standard
38973 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
38976 \begin_layout Standard
38977 Math macros are described in the
38984 \begin_layout Subsection
38988 \begin_layout Standard
38989 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
38991 \begin_inset space ~
38995 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38997 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
39004 \begin_layout Subsection
39008 \begin_layout Standard
39009 Opens a window showing console messages.
39010 This is useful for debugging LyX (i.
39011 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39014 e., hunt for errors in the program) or to see what is going on in the background
39015 while LaTeX is processing the document.
39018 \begin_layout Subsection
39022 \begin_layout Standard
39023 This menu entry generates the output in the format you have specified as
39024 default output format either in the preferences (see sec.
39025 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39029 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39031 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39035 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
39036 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39040 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39042 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
39046 ) and opens it in an appropriate viewer.
39047 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
39048 \begin_inset space ~
39052 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39054 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39059 The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
39060 The default output format is
39063 \begin_inset space ~
39071 \begin_layout Subsection
39072 View (Other Formats)
39075 \begin_layout Standard
39076 With this submenu you can view your document in alternative output formats.
39077 The menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the
39078 actual document with an external program.
39079 The menu entries are not the same on all installations — it depends on
39080 the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
39081 All possible formats are listed in section
39082 \begin_inset space ~
39086 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39088 reference "sub:Export"
39093 You should at least see the menu entry
39098 If it is missing, you need to update or repair your LaTeX installation.
39099 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
39100 \begin_inset space ~
39104 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39106 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
39111 \begin_inset Index idx
39114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39115 Reconfiguration of LyX
39123 \begin_layout Standard
39124 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
39125 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
39126 \begin_inset space ~
39130 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39132 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39137 The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
39140 \begin_layout Subsection
39144 \begin_layout Standard
39145 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes (in
39146 the default output format) without opening a new viewer window.
39149 \begin_layout Subsection
39150 Update (Other Formats)
39153 \begin_layout Standard
39154 With this submenu you can update the view of alternative output formats
39155 of your document without opening a new viewer window.
39158 \begin_layout Subsection
39159 View Master Document
39162 \begin_layout Standard
39163 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
39165 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39169 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39179 \begin_inset space ~
39184 manual for more information on this topic).
39185 This item allows you to view the master document from within its child.
39186 That is, if you are working on a child document which is a chapter of a
39191 generates the output of the whole book, while
39195 will just output the chapter alone.
39198 \begin_layout Standard
39199 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
39200 in the preferences (see sec.
39201 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39205 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39207 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39211 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
39212 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39216 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39218 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
39225 \begin_layout Subsection
39226 Update Master Document
39229 \begin_layout Standard
39230 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
39232 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39236 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39246 \begin_inset space ~
39251 manual for more information on this topic).
39252 This item allows you to update the view of a master document from within
39253 its child without the need to switch to the master document itself.
39256 \begin_layout Standard
39257 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
39258 in the preferences (see sec.
39259 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39263 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39265 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39269 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
39270 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39274 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39276 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
39283 \begin_layout Subsection
39287 \begin_layout Standard
39288 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
39289 This allows you to view documents at the same time to compare them, or
39290 to view the same document, but at different positions.
39291 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
39292 or more documents at the same time.
39293 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
39300 \begin_layout Subsection
39304 \begin_layout Standard
39305 Closes a split view.
39308 \begin_layout Subsection
39312 \begin_layout Standard
39313 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
39314 so that you will see nothing but your text.
39315 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
39316 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
39317 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu.
39320 \begin_layout Subsection
39322 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39324 name "sub:Toolbars"
39329 \begin_inset Index idx
39332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39341 \begin_layout Standard
39342 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
39343 All toolbars and the
39346 \begin_inset space ~
39351 can be turned on and off.
39356 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
39368 \begin_inset space ~
39376 \begin_inset space ~
39385 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
39389 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
39396 \begin_layout Standard
39401 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
39405 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
39406 or when a certain feature is enabled.
39407 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown if change tracking
39408 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown if the cursor
39409 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
39412 \begin_layout Standard
39413 LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
39414 \begin_inset space ~
39418 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39420 reference "sec:Toolbars"
39427 \begin_layout Section
39429 \begin_inset Index idx
39432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39441 \begin_layout Subsection
39445 \begin_layout Standard
39446 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
39447 \begin_inset space ~
39451 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39453 reference "chap:Mathematical-Formulas"
39464 \begin_layout Subsection
39466 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39468 name "sub:Special-Character"
39475 \begin_layout Standard
39476 Here you can insert the following characters:
39479 \begin_layout Description
39480 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
39481 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
39482 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
39483 \begin_inset Newline newline
39487 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39495 Not all characters will be visible in the
39499 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
39501 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39505 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39507 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
39511 ) can display every character.
39519 \begin_layout Description
39520 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
39524 \begin_layout Description
39526 \begin_inset space ~
39530 \begin_inset space ~
39533 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
39534 \begin_inset space ~
39538 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39540 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
39547 \begin_layout Description
39549 \begin_inset space ~
39552 Quote Inserts this quote: ", no matter what quote type you selected in the
39555 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39565 \begin_layout Description
39567 \begin_inset space ~
39570 Quote Inserts this quote:
39571 \begin_inset Quotes ers
39577 \begin_layout Description
39579 \begin_inset space ~
39582 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
39586 \begin_layout Description
39588 \begin_inset space ~
39591 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
39595 \begin_layout Description
39597 \begin_inset space ~
39600 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
39604 \begin_layout Description
39606 \begin_inset space ~
39610 \begin_inset Index idx
39613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39620 \begin_inset Index idx
39623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39624 Language ! Phonetic symbols
39629 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
39630 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
39631 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
39636 \begin_inset Index idx
39639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39640 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
39646 \begin_inset Newline newline
39649 For more information about this feature we refer you to the documentation
39653 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39661 and this Wiki-page:
39662 \begin_inset Newline newline
39666 \begin_inset Flex URL
39669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39671 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
39679 \begin_layout Subsection
39683 \begin_layout Standard
39684 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
39687 \begin_layout Description
39688 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
39689 \begin_inset script superscript
39691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39700 \begin_layout Description
39701 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
39702 \begin_inset script subscript
39704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39713 \begin_layout Description
39715 \begin_inset space ~
39718 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
39719 \begin_inset space ~
39723 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39725 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
39732 \begin_layout Description
39734 \begin_inset space ~
39737 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
39738 \begin_inset space ~
39742 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39744 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
39751 \begin_layout Description
39753 \begin_inset space ~
39756 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
39757 \begin_inset space ~
39761 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39763 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
39770 \begin_layout Description
39772 \begin_inset space ~
39775 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
39776 \begin_inset space ~
39780 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39782 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
39789 \begin_layout Description
39791 \begin_inset space ~
39794 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
39795 \begin_inset space ~
39799 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39801 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
39808 \begin_layout Description
39810 \begin_inset space ~
39813 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
39814 \begin_inset space ~
39818 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39820 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
39827 \begin_layout Description
39828 Phantom Inserts Phantom space, see section
39829 \begin_inset space ~
39833 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39835 reference "sub:Phantom-Space"
39842 \begin_layout Description
39844 \begin_inset space ~
39847 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
39848 \begin_inset space ~
39852 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39854 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
39861 \begin_layout Description
39863 \begin_inset space ~
39866 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
39867 \begin_inset space ~
39871 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39873 reference "sub:Ligatures"
39880 \begin_layout Description
39882 \begin_inset space ~
39886 \begin_inset space ~
39889 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
39890 \begin_inset space ~
39894 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39896 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
39903 \begin_layout Description
39905 \begin_inset space ~
39908 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
39909 text line to the page border, see section
39910 \begin_inset space ~
39914 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39916 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
39923 \begin_layout Description
39925 \begin_inset space ~
39928 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
39929 \begin_inset space ~
39933 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39935 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
39942 \begin_layout Description
39944 \begin_inset space ~
39947 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
39948 text page to the page border, described in section
39949 \begin_inset space ~
39953 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39955 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
39962 \begin_layout Description
39964 \begin_inset space ~
39967 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
39968 \begin_inset space ~
39972 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39974 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
39981 \begin_layout Description
39983 \begin_inset space ~
39987 \begin_inset space ~
39990 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
39991 \begin_inset space ~
39995 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39997 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
40004 \begin_layout Subsection
40008 \begin_layout Standard
40009 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
40010 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures and tables list are described
40012 \begin_inset space ~
40016 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40018 reference "sec:toc"
40023 The index list is described in section
40024 \begin_inset space ~
40028 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40030 reference "sec:Index"
40034 , the nomenclature in section
40035 \begin_inset space ~
40039 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40041 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
40045 and the BibTeX bibliography in section
40046 \begin_inset space ~
40050 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40052 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
40059 \begin_layout Subsection
40063 \begin_layout Standard
40064 To insert floats, described in section
40065 \begin_inset space ~
40069 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40071 reference "sec:Floats"
40078 \begin_layout Subsection
40082 \begin_layout Standard
40083 To insert notes, described in section
40084 \begin_inset space ~
40088 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40090 reference "sec:Notes"
40097 \begin_layout Subsection
40101 \begin_layout Standard
40102 Inserts branch insets as described in section
40103 \begin_inset space ~
40107 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40109 reference "sec:Branches"
40116 \begin_layout Subsection
40120 \begin_layout Standard
40121 Inserts document class-specific insets.
40122 Such insets only exist if they are defined in the layout file for a certain
40124 An example is the document class
40125 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40129 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40132 with three custom insets.
40135 Flex insets and InsetLayout
40141 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
40144 \begin_layout Subsection
40146 \begin_inset Index idx
40149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40158 \begin_layout Standard
40159 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other files
40161 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
40168 \begin_inset space ~
40176 \begin_layout Subsection
40178 \begin_inset Index idx
40181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40190 \begin_layout Standard
40191 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
40192 \begin_inset space ~
40196 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40198 reference "sec:Minipages"
40203 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
40210 \begin_inset space ~
40218 \begin_layout Subsection
40222 \begin_layout Standard
40223 Inserts a citation as described in section
40224 \begin_inset space ~
40228 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40230 reference "sec:Bibliography"
40237 \begin_layout Subsection
40241 \begin_layout Standard
40242 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
40243 \begin_inset space ~
40247 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40249 reference "sec:Cross-References"
40256 \begin_layout Subsection
40260 \begin_layout Standard
40261 Inserts a label as described in section
40262 \begin_inset space ~
40266 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40268 reference "sec:Cross-References"
40275 \begin_layout Subsection
40277 \begin_inset Index idx
40280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40287 \begin_inset Index idx
40290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40291 Longtables ! Caption
40299 \begin_layout Standard
40300 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
40301 Floats are described in section
40302 \begin_inset space ~
40306 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40308 reference "sec:Floats"
40312 , captions in longtables are described in the section
40319 \begin_inset space ~
40327 \begin_layout Subsection
40331 \begin_layout Standard
40332 Inserts an index entry as described in section
40333 \begin_inset space ~
40337 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40339 reference "sec:Index"
40346 \begin_layout Subsection
40350 \begin_layout Standard
40351 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
40352 \begin_inset space ~
40356 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40358 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
40365 \begin_layout Subsection
40369 \begin_layout Standard
40371 Tables are described in section
40372 \begin_inset space ~
40376 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40378 reference "sec:Tables"
40385 \begin_layout Subsection
40389 \begin_layout Standard
40391 Graphics are described in section
40392 \begin_inset space ~
40396 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40398 reference "sec:Graphics"
40405 \begin_layout Subsection
40409 \begin_layout Standard
40410 Inserts a URL as described in section
40411 \begin_inset space ~
40415 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40417 reference "sub:URLs"
40424 \begin_layout Subsection
40428 \begin_layout Standard
40429 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
40430 \begin_inset space ~
40434 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40436 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
40443 \begin_layout Subsection
40447 \begin_layout Standard
40448 Inserts a footnote, see section
40449 \begin_inset space ~
40453 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40455 reference "sec:Footnotes"
40462 \begin_layout Subsection
40466 \begin_layout Standard
40467 Inserts a marginal note, see section
40468 \begin_inset space ~
40472 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40474 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
40481 \begin_layout Subsection
40485 \begin_layout Standard
40486 Inserts a short title, see section
40487 \begin_inset space ~
40491 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40493 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
40500 \begin_layout Subsection
40504 \begin_layout Standard
40505 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
40506 \begin_inset space ~
40510 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40512 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
40519 \begin_layout Subsection
40521 \begin_inset Index idx
40524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40533 \begin_layout Standard
40534 Inserts a program listings box.
40535 Program listings are explained in the chapter
40537 Program Code Listings
40542 \begin_inset space ~
40550 \begin_layout Subsection
40554 \begin_layout Standard
40555 Inserts the actual date.
40556 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
40558 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
40566 \begin_inset space ~
40574 \begin_layout Subsection
40578 \begin_layout Standard
40579 Inserts a preview inset, see section
40580 \begin_inset space ~
40584 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40586 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
40593 \begin_layout Section
40595 \begin_inset Index idx
40598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40607 \begin_layout Standard
40608 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
40609 \begin_inset space ~
40612 of the current document.
40613 This allows you to navigate easily through your document.
40616 \begin_layout Subsection
40620 \begin_layout Standard
40621 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
40622 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
40624 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40628 \begin_inset space \space{}
40632 \begin_inset space ~
40636 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
40637 \begin_inset space ~
40640 2.5 and use the submenu
40643 \begin_inset space ~
40647 \begin_inset space ~
40654 \begin_inset space ~
40660 \begin_inset space ~
40664 \begin_inset space ~
40670 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
40674 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
40680 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
40686 \begin_layout Standard
40687 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
40688 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
40691 \begin_layout Subsection
40692 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
40695 \begin_layout Standard
40696 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
40700 \begin_layout Subsection
40704 \begin_layout Standard
40705 Only active if the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
40706 Sets the cursor before the referenced label.
40707 (It is the same as if you right-click on a cross-reference box and use
40711 \begin_inset space ~
40715 \begin_inset space ~
40723 \begin_layout Subsection
40727 \begin_layout Standard
40728 This feature allows you to directly jump to the corresponding text part
40729 in the output, see section
40732 \begin_inset space ~
40740 \begin_inset space ~
40745 manual for a detailed description.
40748 \begin_layout Section
40750 \begin_inset Index idx
40753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40762 \begin_layout Subsection
40766 \begin_layout Standard
40767 Change Tracking is described in section
40768 \begin_inset space ~
40772 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40774 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
40781 \begin_layout Subsection
40786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40796 \begin_layout Standard
40797 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
40799 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
40802 \begin_layout Standard
40803 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
40808 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
40811 \begin_layout Subsection
40815 \begin_layout Standard
40816 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
40817 \begin_inset space ~
40821 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40823 reference "sec:Navigating"
40828 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40830 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
40837 \begin_layout Subsection
40838 Start Appendix Here
40841 \begin_layout Standard
40842 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
40843 position as described in section
40844 \begin_inset space ~
40848 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40850 reference "sec:Appendices"
40857 \begin_layout Subsection
40861 \begin_layout Standard
40862 Un/compresses the current document.
40865 \begin_layout Subsection
40869 \begin_layout Standard
40870 The document settings are described in appendix
40871 \begin_inset space ~
40875 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40877 reference "chap:The-Document-Settings"
40884 \begin_layout Section
40886 \begin_inset Index idx
40889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40898 \begin_layout Subsection
40902 \begin_layout Standard
40903 Spell checking is explained in section
40904 \begin_inset space ~
40908 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40910 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
40917 \begin_layout Subsection
40921 \begin_layout Standard
40922 The thesaurus is described in section
40923 \begin_inset space ~
40927 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40929 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
40936 \begin_layout Subsection
40938 \begin_inset Index idx
40941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40948 \begin_inset Index idx
40951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40960 \begin_layout Standard
40961 Counts the words and characters in the actual document or the highlighted
40965 \begin_layout Subsection
40967 \begin_inset Index idx
40970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40979 \begin_layout Standard
40980 Shows you a list of the document classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-syst
40984 \begin_layout Subsection
40986 \begin_inset Index idx
40989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40990 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
40994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41001 Reconfiguration of LyX
41005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41018 \begin_inset Index idx
41021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41022 Reconfiguration of LyX
41030 \begin_layout Standard
41031 This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
41032 and programs it needs; see also section
41033 \begin_inset space ~
41037 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41039 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
41046 \begin_layout Subsection
41050 \begin_layout Standard
41051 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
41052 \begin_inset space ~
41056 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41058 reference "chap:The-Preferences-dialog"
41065 \begin_layout Section
41067 \begin_inset Index idx
41070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41079 \begin_layout Standard
41080 This menu lists the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
41082 If a file is not available in this language, the English version will be
41086 \begin_layout Standard
41090 \begin_inset space ~
41095 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
41096 found by LyX (see also section
41097 \begin_inset space ~
41101 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41103 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
41110 \begin_layout Section
41112 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41114 name "sec:Toolbars"
41121 \begin_layout Standard
41122 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
41123 \begin_inset space ~
41127 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41129 reference "sub:Toolbars"
41136 \begin_layout Standard
41137 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
41138 This is described in the
41140 Additional Features
41145 \begin_layout Subsection
41147 \begin_inset Index idx
41150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41159 \begin_layout Standard
41160 \begin_inset Graphics
41161 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
41169 \begin_layout Standard
41170 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41176 \begin_layout Standard
41177 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
41182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41194 \begin_inset Note Note
41197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41198 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
41203 manual for more information.
41211 \begin_layout Standard
41212 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41218 \begin_layout Standard
41219 \begin_inset Tabular
41220 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
41221 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
41222 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41223 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41229 \begin_inset Graphics
41230 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
41240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41244 pull-down box for the environments
41257 \begin_layout Standard
41258 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
41264 \begin_layout Standard
41266 \begin_inset Tabular
41267 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
41268 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
41269 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41270 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41271 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41294 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41301 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41324 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41331 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41354 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41361 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41370 arg "dialog-show print"
41378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41384 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41391 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41400 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
41408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41414 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41421 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41444 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41451 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41474 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41481 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41504 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41511 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41534 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41541 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41564 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41571 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41580 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
41588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41594 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41596 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41600 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41609 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41618 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
41626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41632 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41633 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41640 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41661 Emphasize text, function of the
41663 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41665 \begin_inset space ~
41676 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41697 Set text to noun style, function of the
41699 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41701 \begin_inset space ~
41712 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41721 arg "textstyle-apply"
41729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41733 Formats text using the current settings in the
41735 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41737 \begin_inset space ~
41748 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41771 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41772 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41774 \begin_inset space ~
41783 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41792 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
41800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41806 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41813 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41820 arg "tabular-insert"
41828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41834 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41841 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41850 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
41858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41862 Toggle outline window on/off,
41864 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41871 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41880 arg "toolbar-toggle math"
41888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41892 Toggle math toolbar on/off
41898 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41907 arg "toolbar-toggle table"
41915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41919 Toggle table toolbar on/off
41932 \begin_layout Subsection
41934 \begin_inset Index idx
41937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41946 \begin_layout Standard
41947 \begin_inset Graphics
41948 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
41956 \begin_layout Standard
41957 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41963 \begin_layout Standard
41964 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
41968 \begin_layout Standard
41969 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41975 \begin_layout Standard
41976 \begin_inset Tabular
41977 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
41978 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
41979 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41980 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41981 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42008 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42017 arg "layout Enumerate"
42025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42035 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42044 arg "layout Itemize"
42052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42062 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42089 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42098 arg "layout Description"
42106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42116 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42125 arg "depth-increment"
42133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42139 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42141 \begin_inset space ~
42145 \begin_inset space ~
42154 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42163 arg "depth-decrement"
42171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42177 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42179 \begin_inset space ~
42183 \begin_inset space ~
42192 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42201 arg "float-insert figure"
42209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42215 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42216 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42223 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42232 arg "float-insert table"
42240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42246 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42247 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42254 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42277 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42284 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42293 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
42301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42307 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42314 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42323 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
42331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42337 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42344 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42367 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42369 \begin_inset space ~
42378 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42387 arg "nomencl-insert"
42395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42401 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42403 \begin_inset space ~
42412 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42421 arg "footnote-insert"
42429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42435 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42442 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42451 arg "marginalnote-insert"
42459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42465 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42467 \begin_inset space ~
42476 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42499 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42500 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42502 \begin_inset space ~
42511 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42520 arg "box-insert Frameless"
42528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42534 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42541 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42564 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42571 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42594 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42611 \begin_inset space ~
42620 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42629 arg "math-macro newmacroname newcommand"
42637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42643 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42644 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42651 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42660 arg "dialog-show-new-inset include"
42668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42674 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42675 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42677 \begin_inset space ~
42686 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42695 arg "dialog-show character"
42703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42709 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42711 \begin_inset space ~
42720 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42729 arg "layout-paragraph"
42737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42743 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42745 \begin_inset space ~
42754 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42763 arg "thesaurus-entry"
42771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42777 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42791 \begin_layout Subsection
42792 View / Update Toolbar
42793 \begin_inset Index idx
42796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42797 Toolbar ! View / Update
42805 \begin_layout Standard
42806 \begin_inset Graphics
42807 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
42814 \begin_layout Standard
42815 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42821 \begin_layout Standard
42822 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
42826 \begin_layout Standard
42827 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42833 \begin_layout Standard
42834 \begin_inset Tabular
42835 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="7" columns="2">
42836 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
42837 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
42838 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
42839 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42862 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42869 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42878 arg "buffer-update"
42886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42892 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42899 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42908 arg "master-buffer-view"
42916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42922 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42929 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42938 arg "master-buffer-update"
42946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42952 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42954 \begin_inset space ~
42963 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42972 arg "buffer-toggle-output-sync"
42980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42986 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42987 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42988 Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42989 Synchronize with Output
42995 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43000 \begin_inset Graphics
43001 filename ../images/view-others.png
43003 groupId toolbarbuttons
43014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43020 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43021 View (Other Formats)
43027 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
43028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43032 \begin_inset Graphics
43033 filename ../images/update-others.png
43035 groupId toolbarbuttons
43044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43050 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43051 Update (Other Formats)
43064 \begin_layout Standard
43065 * These icons might look different for you if you do not use the default
43069 \begin_layout Subsection
43073 \begin_layout Standard
43074 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
43075 \begin_inset space ~
43079 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43081 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
43085 , the table toolbar
43086 \begin_inset Index idx
43089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43098 \begin_inset space ~
43103 manual, the math macro toolbar
43104 \begin_inset Index idx
43107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43120 \begin_layout Chapter
43121 The Document Settings
43122 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43124 name "chap:The-Document-Settings"
43129 \begin_inset Index idx
43132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43133 Document ! Settings
43141 \begin_layout Standard
43142 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
43143 whole document and is called with the menu
43145 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43149 You can save your document settings as default with the
43151 Save as Document Defaults
43153 button in the dialog.
43154 This will create a template named
43158 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
43162 \begin_layout Standard
43167 resets the document settings to the default of the document class.
43168 This affects mostly class options, the page layout and Numbering & TOC.
43171 \begin_layout Standard
43172 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following sections.
43175 \begin_layout Section
43179 \begin_layout Standard
43180 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
43182 Document classes are described in section
43183 \begin_inset space ~
43187 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43189 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
43197 \begin_layout Standard
43201 \begin_inset space ~
43206 you can load you own layout-file, that is not in LyX's
43210 folder and thus not recognized by LyX as layout for a document class.
43211 For more about layout-files, see the chapter
43213 Installing New Document Classes, Layouts, and Templates
43222 \begin_layout Standard
43223 Some classes use special class options by default.
43224 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
43228 and you can decide to use them or not.
43229 If you do not exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
43230 recommended to leave them untouched.
43235 is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout packages.
43240 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
43241 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
43246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43247 When you want to use one of the following drivers
43248 \begin_inset Newline newline
43253 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
43256 \begin_inset Newline newline
43259 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see section
43265 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43267 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
43279 \begin_layout Standard
43280 Specifying a master document is necessary if the current document is a child
43282 The master document will be used by LyX in the background if the child
43283 document is opened without its master.
43284 This way child documents are always compilable.
43285 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
43292 \begin_inset space ~
43300 \begin_layout Standard
43301 There is also an option to suppress the date and one to use the LaTeX-package
43311 \begin_inset Index idx
43314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43315 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
43321 \begin_inset Index idx
43324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43325 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
43330 for cross-references, see sec.
43331 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43335 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43337 reference "sec:Cross-References"
43344 \begin_layout Section
43348 \begin_layout Standard
43349 This submenu is only visible when your document includes child documents.
43350 Please refer to the section
43353 \begin_inset space ~
43361 \begin_inset space ~
43366 manual for details.
43369 \begin_layout Section
43373 \begin_layout Standard
43374 Modules are explained in section
43375 \begin_inset space ~
43379 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43381 reference "sub:Modules"
43388 \begin_layout Section
43392 \begin_layout Standard
43394 \begin_inset space ~
43398 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43400 reference "sub:Local-Layout"
43407 \begin_layout Section
43411 \begin_layout Standard
43412 The document font settings are described in section
43413 \begin_inset space ~
43417 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43419 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
43426 \begin_layout Section
43430 \begin_layout Standard
43431 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
43433 The line spacing and the number of text columns can also be specified here.
43435 \change_inserted 2090807402 1325640630
43436 You can also determine whether text will be shown as justified in LyX itself.
43437 Note that this does not affect whether the text is justified in the output.
43442 \begin_layout Standard
43443 Note that LyX will not show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
43444 That would be impractical, often unreadable and is not part of the WYSIWYM
43446 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
43449 \begin_layout Section
43453 \begin_layout Standard
43454 A description of this menu is given in section
43455 \begin_inset space ~
43459 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43461 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation"
43466 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43468 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
43475 \begin_layout Section
43479 \begin_layout Standard
43480 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
43481 \begin_inset space ~
43485 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43487 reference "sub:Margins"
43494 \begin_layout Section
43496 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43498 name "sec:Language-encodings"
43503 \begin_inset Index idx
43506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43507 Language ! Encoding
43515 \begin_layout Standard
43516 The document language and quote styles are set here.
43517 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
43518 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
43519 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
43520 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
43521 known for a particular character).
43525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43526 The known commands are defined in a text file (
43531 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
43536 manual for details.
43544 \begin_layout Standard
43545 If you use the option
43549 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
43550 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
43551 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
43552 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
43553 exactly one encoding.
43554 Checking this option is the preferred setting.
43557 \begin_layout Standard
43558 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
43559 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
43560 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode),
43561 choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
43562 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
43563 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
43568 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
43569 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
43570 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
43571 The situation is much better with XeTeX and LuaTeX, two new alternative
43572 engines to standard LaTeX.
43573 Both engines support Unicode natively.
43574 LyX now also supports these two engines (via the output formats
43577 \begin_inset space ~
43584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43596 \begin_inset space ~
43603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43615 \begin_inset space ~
43621 \begin_inset space ~
43625 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43627 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
43632 So if you are using many special or accented characters and
43636 fails, you might try out one of these new engines.
43639 \begin_layout Standard
43643 \begin_inset space ~
43648 determines the LaTeX-package that is used for hyphenation and the translation
43650 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43654 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43658 The possible settings are:
43661 \begin_layout Description
43662 Default uses the language package that is selected in
43664 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43665 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43669 \begin_inset space ~
43673 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43675 reference "sub:Prefs-Language"
43682 \begin_layout Description
43683 Automatic selects the most suitable language package for the view/export
43684 format you will use.
43685 In many cases this will be
43690 \begin_inset Index idx
43693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43694 LaTeX-packages ! babel
43700 If the newer package
43705 \begin_inset Index idx
43708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43709 LaTeX-packages ! polyglossia
43714 is more appropriate (is the case when using XeTeX and/or non-TeX fonts),
43715 this package will be used instead of
43722 \begin_layout Description
43724 \begin_inset space ~
43735 would be more appropriate.
43738 \begin_layout Description
43739 Custom allows you to specify a language package command of your choice.
43740 For example if you want to use a language-specific package like
43744 (for German texts), type in
43747 \begin_inset Newline newline
43752 usepackage{ngerman}
43755 \begin_layout Description
43756 None will not use a language package.
43757 This is necessary for some document classes for scientific articles.
43760 \begin_layout Standard
43761 Here is a list with the important encodings:
43764 \begin_layout Description
43766 \begin_inset space ~
43770 \begin_inset space ~
43774 \begin_inset space ~
43781 , but the LaTeX-package
43786 \begin_inset Index idx
43789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43790 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
43796 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
43797 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
43798 languages in TeX code.
43801 \begin_layout Description
43802 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
43803 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
43804 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
43807 \begin_layout Description
43809 \begin_inset space ~
43813 \begin_inset space ~
43816 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
43819 \begin_layout Description
43821 \begin_inset space ~
43825 \begin_inset space ~
43828 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
43831 \begin_layout Description
43833 \begin_inset space ~
43836 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
43839 \begin_layout Description
43841 \begin_inset space ~
43845 \begin_inset space ~
43848 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, the same
43849 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
43852 \begin_layout Description
43854 \begin_inset space ~
43858 \begin_inset space ~
43861 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
43865 \begin_layout Description
43867 \begin_inset space ~
43871 \begin_inset space ~
43874 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a subset of the
43875 ISO-8859-13 encoding
43878 \begin_layout Description
43880 \begin_inset space ~
43884 \begin_inset space ~
43888 \begin_inset space ~
43891 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
43892 \begin_inset space ~
43898 \begin_layout Description
43900 \begin_inset space ~
43904 \begin_inset space ~
43908 \begin_inset space ~
43911 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
43912 Romanian, Slovak and Slovenian
43915 \begin_layout Description
43917 \begin_inset space ~
43921 \begin_inset space ~
43924 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
43925 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
43926 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
43927 \begin_inset space ~
43931 \begin_inset space ~
43937 \begin_layout Description
43939 \begin_inset space ~
43943 \begin_inset space ~
43946 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
43947 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
43948 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
43949 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
43950 \begin_inset space ~
43954 \begin_inset space ~
43960 \begin_layout Description
43962 \begin_inset space ~
43966 \begin_inset space ~
43969 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
43972 \begin_layout Description
43974 \begin_inset space ~
43978 \begin_inset space ~
43981 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
43984 \begin_layout Description
43986 \begin_inset space ~
43990 \begin_inset space ~
43993 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian and Ukrainian
43996 \begin_layout Description
43998 \begin_inset space ~
44001 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
44004 \begin_layout Description
44006 \begin_inset space ~
44009 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
44012 \begin_layout Description
44014 \begin_inset space ~
44018 \begin_inset space ~
44021 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
44024 \begin_layout Description
44026 \begin_inset space ~
44030 \begin_inset space ~
44036 \begin_layout Description
44038 \begin_inset space ~
44042 \begin_inset space ~
44045 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
44048 \begin_layout Description
44050 \begin_inset space ~
44054 \begin_inset space ~
44060 \begin_layout Description
44062 \begin_inset space ~
44066 \begin_inset space ~
44069 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44074 \begin_inset Index idx
44077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44078 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
44083 , when using this, set the document language to
44088 \begin_layout Description
44090 \begin_inset space ~
44094 \begin_inset space ~
44097 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44101 , when using this, set the document language to
44104 \begin_inset space ~
44110 \begin_layout Description
44112 \begin_inset space ~
44116 \begin_inset space ~
44119 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44124 \begin_inset Index idx
44127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44128 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
44133 , when using this, set the document language to
44138 \begin_layout Description
44140 \begin_inset space ~
44144 \begin_inset space ~
44147 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44151 , when using this, set the document language to
44156 \begin_layout Description
44158 \begin_inset space ~
44162 \begin_inset space ~
44165 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44169 , when using this, set the document language to
44174 \begin_layout Description
44176 \begin_inset space ~
44179 (EUC-KR) for Korean
44182 \begin_layout Description
44184 \begin_inset space ~
44188 \begin_inset space ~
44192 \begin_inset space ~
44195 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese and Turkish
44198 \begin_layout Description
44200 \begin_inset space ~
44204 \begin_inset space ~
44208 \begin_inset space ~
44211 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
44212 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian and Slovenian, is designed
44213 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
44216 \begin_layout Description
44218 \begin_inset space ~
44222 \begin_inset space ~
44228 \begin_layout Description
44230 \begin_inset space ~
44234 \begin_inset space ~
44237 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
44238 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
44241 \begin_layout Description
44243 \begin_inset space ~
44247 \begin_inset space ~
44250 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
44255 \begin_inset Index idx
44258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44259 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
44264 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
44267 \begin_layout Description
44269 \begin_inset space ~
44273 \begin_inset space ~
44276 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
44284 , which use Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
44289 LyX automatically selects this encoding if you export or preview XeTeX
44291 Normally you do not need to set this encoding manually.
44294 \begin_layout Description
44296 \begin_inset space ~
44300 \begin_inset space ~
44303 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
44308 \begin_inset Index idx
44311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44312 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
44317 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
44320 \begin_layout Description
44322 \begin_inset space ~
44325 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
44330 \begin_inset Index idx
44333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44334 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
44340 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
44344 \begin_layout Description
44346 \begin_inset space ~
44350 \begin_inset space ~
44354 \begin_inset space ~
44357 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
44358 \begin_inset space ~
44364 \begin_layout Description
44366 \begin_inset space ~
44370 \begin_inset space ~
44374 \begin_inset space ~
44377 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
44378 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
44379 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-15
44383 \begin_layout Description
44385 \begin_inset space ~
44389 \begin_inset space ~
44393 \begin_inset space ~
44396 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
44397 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
44400 \begin_layout Standard
44401 Finally, the dialog lets you select a specific language package for the
44404 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44408 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44410 reference "sub:Prefs-Language"
44414 for more information on the language package.
44417 \begin_layout Section
44419 \begin_inset Index idx
44422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44429 \begin_inset Index idx
44432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44441 \begin_layout Standard
44442 Here you can alter the font color for the main text (default: black) and
44444 \begin_inset space ~
44447 out notes (default: light grey).
44452 sets the color back to the default.
44455 \begin_layout Standard
44456 You can also change the background color for the pages (default: white)
44458 \begin_inset space ~
44461 boxes (default: red).
44464 \begin_layout Standard
44465 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44469 The colors are not shown within LyX, only in the output.
44471 \begin_inset space ~
44474 out note appears blue in the output.)
44482 \begin_layout Standard
44483 Note, if you change the main text font color and use the option
44486 \begin_inset space ~
44491 in the document settings under
44494 \begin_inset space ~
44499 , you probably also need to change the link font color by using
44502 \begin_inset space ~
44510 \begin_inset space ~
44516 For example the option
44519 \begin_layout Standard
44525 \begin_layout Standard
44526 sets the link text color to black.
44527 For more information, see the manual of the LaTeX-package
44532 \begin_inset Index idx
44535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44536 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
44542 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
44551 \begin_layout Standard
44552 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
44558 \begin_layout Standard
44559 You can adapt the main text font color and the page background for every
44560 page in your document if you use these commands as TeX
44561 \begin_inset space ~
44564 Code behind a forced page break:
44567 \begin_layout Itemize
44568 For the page color:
44569 \begin_inset Newline newline
44576 pagecolor{color name}
44579 \begin_layout Itemize
44580 For the text color:
44581 \begin_inset Newline newline
44591 \begin_layout Standard
44592 The color name can hereby be one of these:
44625 \begin_inset Newline newline
44628 If you have changed a text or background color, you can use them under the
44632 \begin_layout Itemize
44633 For the page background color:
44634 \begin_inset Newline newline
44639 page_backgroundcolor
44642 \begin_layout Itemize
44643 For the main text color:
44644 \begin_inset Newline newline
44652 \begin_layout Itemize
44654 \begin_inset space ~
44657 box background color:
44658 \begin_inset Newline newline
44666 \begin_layout Itemize
44668 \begin_inset space ~
44671 out note text color:
44672 \begin_inset Newline newline
44680 \begin_layout Standard
44681 To see how to define and use custom colors, see section
44684 \begin_inset space ~
44692 \begin_inset space ~
44700 \begin_layout Section
44704 \begin_layout Standard
44705 Here you can adjust the numbering depth of section headings and the section
44706 depth in the table of contents as described in section
44707 \begin_inset space ~
44711 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44713 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
44720 \begin_layout Section
44724 \begin_layout Standard
44725 Here you can specify a citation style using the LaTeX packages
44730 \begin_inset Index idx
44733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44734 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
44744 \begin_inset Index idx
44747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44748 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
44754 You can enable a sectioned bibliography using the LaTeX package
44759 \begin_inset Index idx
44762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44763 LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic
44768 and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
44770 For a further description see section
44771 \begin_inset space ~
44775 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44777 reference "sec:Bibliography"
44784 \begin_layout Section
44788 \begin_layout Standard
44789 Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
44790 and you can define additional indexes.
44791 Please refer to section
44792 \begin_inset space ~
44796 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44798 reference "sec:Index"
44805 \begin_layout Section
44809 \begin_layout Standard
44810 The PDF properties are explained in section
44811 \begin_inset space ~
44815 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44817 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
44824 \begin_layout Section
44828 \begin_layout Standard
44829 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
44834 \begin_inset Index idx
44837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44838 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
44848 \begin_inset Index idx
44851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44852 LaTeX-packages ! esint
44862 \begin_inset Index idx
44865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44866 LaTeX-packages ! mathdots
44876 \begin_inset Index idx
44879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44880 LaTeX-packages ! mhchem
44885 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
44888 \begin_layout Description
44889 amsmath is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
44890 ensure that you have enabled
44893 \begin_inset space ~
44901 \begin_layout Description
44902 esint is used for special integral characters, see section
44905 \begin_inset space ~
44917 \begin_layout Description
44918 mathdots is used for special ellipses, see section
44929 \begin_layout Description
44930 mhchem is used for chemical equations, see section
44932 Chemical Symbols and Equations
44941 \begin_layout Section
44945 \begin_layout Standard
44946 The float placement options are described in section
44949 \begin_inset space ~
44957 \begin_inset space ~
44965 \begin_layout Section
44969 \begin_layout Standard
44970 The listings settings are explained in chapter
44972 Program Code Listings
44977 \begin_inset space ~
44985 \begin_layout Section
44989 \begin_layout Standard
44990 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
44991 The itemize environment is described in section
44992 \begin_inset space ~
44996 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44998 reference "sec:Itemize"
45005 \begin_layout Section
45009 \begin_layout Standard
45010 Branches are described in section
45011 \begin_inset space ~
45015 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45017 reference "sec:Branches"
45024 \begin_layout Section
45026 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45028 name "sec:Doc-Output"
45035 \begin_layout Standard
45036 Here you can define some output specifics for the current document:
45039 \begin_layout Description
45041 \begin_inset space ~
45045 \begin_inset space ~
45048 Format: The format that is used when you hit
45049 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45053 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45057 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45061 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45065 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45068 View Master Document
45069 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45073 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45076 Update Master Document
45077 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45084 menu or the toolbar.
45085 The default is set in
45087 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45088 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45092 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45096 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45098 reference "sec:File-Formats"
45105 \begin_layout Description
45107 \begin_inset space ~
45111 \begin_inset space ~
45114 Output settings for the menu
45116 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45118 \begin_inset space ~
45124 For a detailed description see section
45126 Reverse DVI/PDF search
45131 \begin_inset space ~
45139 \begin_layout Description
45141 \begin_inset space ~
45145 \begin_inset space ~
45148 Options settings for the export format
45156 \begin_inset space ~
45161 will assure that the output follows exactly version
45162 \begin_inset space ~
45165 1.1 of the XHTML standard.
45169 \begin_inset space ~
45174 settings are described in detail in section
45176 Math Output in XHTML
45181 \begin_inset space ~
45187 The scaling is used for the size of equations in the output.
45190 \begin_layout Section
45195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45205 \begin_layout Standard
45206 In this text field you can enter commands to load special LaTeX-packages
45207 or to define LaTeX-commands.
45208 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
45209 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
45213 \begin_layout Standard
45214 An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
45215 \begin_inset space ~
45219 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45221 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
45228 \begin_layout Chapter
45234 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45236 name "chap:The-Preferences-dialog"
45241 \begin_inset Index idx
45244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45253 \begin_layout Standard
45254 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
45256 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45260 It has the following submenus.
45263 \begin_layout Section
45267 \begin_layout Subsection
45271 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45272 User Interface File
45273 \begin_inset Index idx
45276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45277 Customization ! of toolbars
45283 \begin_inset Index idx
45286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45287 Customization ! of menus
45295 \begin_layout Standard
45296 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
45297 interface (ui) file.
45298 A ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
45299 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
45308 Both files are loaded by the
45313 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
45314 files and edit the entries.
45317 \begin_layout Standard
45318 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
45330 entries must be finished with an explicit
45355 and in the case of the
45356 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45360 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45368 The syntax for the entries is:
45371 \begin_layout Standard
45372 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
45378 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45386 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45390 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45394 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45400 \begin_layout Standard
45402 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
45405 All LyX-functions are listed in the menu
45407 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45409 \begin_inset space ~
45417 \begin_layout Standard
45418 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
45424 \begin_layout Standard
45425 An example: Assuming you use the menu
45427 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45430 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
45434 \begin_layout Standard
45435 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
45441 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45445 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45449 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45453 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45459 \begin_layout Standard
45461 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
45465 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45469 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45472 menu in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
45475 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45479 \begin_layout Standard
45480 Here you can change the appearance of LyX's toolbar buttons.
45481 The currently available icon sets are compared in
45482 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45485 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/uploads/LyX/NewInLyX20/themes.png"
45492 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45496 \begin_layout Standard
45499 Enable tool tips in main work area
45501 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
45505 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45509 \begin_layout Standard
45512 Restore window layouts and geometries
45514 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
45515 in the last LyX session.
45518 \begin_layout Standard
45521 Restore cursor positions
45523 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it was at the end of
45527 \begin_layout Standard
45530 Load opened files from last session
45532 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
45535 \begin_layout Standard
45538 Clear all session information
45540 deletes all information from previous LyX sessions (cursor positions, names
45541 of last opened documents, etc.).
45544 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45546 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45548 name "sub:Backup documents"
45553 \begin_inset Index idx
45556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45565 \begin_layout Standard
45568 Backup original documents when saving
45570 creates a backup copy of the file in the state when it was opened or when
45571 it was saved the last time.
45572 It is stored in the same folder as your document or in the
45575 \begin_inset space ~
45581 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45583 reference "sec:Paths"
45588 The backup file has the file extension
45589 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45597 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45603 \begin_layout Standard
45606 Backup documents, every
45608 , you can specify the time between backup saves.
45611 \begin_layout Standard
45614 Save documents compressed by default
45616 saves the files always in a compressed format.
45619 \begin_layout Standard
45624 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
45627 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45629 \begin_inset space ~
45637 \begin_layout Standard
45640 Open documents in tabs
45642 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
45646 \begin_layout Standard
45651 is only active if a LyXServer pipe
45655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45657 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45661 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45663 reference "sec:Paths"
45667 for information about LyXServer pipes.
45673 If it is checked, LyX documents will be opened in the same running instance
45675 Otherwise a new LyX instance is created for each file.
45678 \begin_layout Standard
45681 Single close-tab button
45683 there will only be one button (
45686 \begin_inset Graphics
45687 filename ../images/closetab.png
45694 ) at the right side of the tab bar to close tabs.
45695 Otherwise every document tab has its own close button.
45698 \begin_layout Standard
45699 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45707 For the last option you have to restart LyX before the change takes effect.
45715 \begin_layout Subsection
45717 \begin_inset Index idx
45720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45727 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45729 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
45736 \begin_layout Standard
45737 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
45740 \begin_layout Standard
45741 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45749 This section only deals with the fonts
45754 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
45757 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45758 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45769 \begin_layout Standard
45770 By default, LyX uses
45774 as roman (serif) font,
45782 (depends on the system) as
45785 \begin_inset space ~
45801 \begin_layout Standard
45802 You can change the font size with the
45809 \begin_layout Standard
45814 are calculated as letter height in units of points.
45816 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45819 points have the size of 1
45820 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45824 \begin_inset space ~
45828 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45830 reference "chap:Units-available-in"
45835 The default font sizes are the same as if a document font size of 10
45836 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45840 The sizes are explained in detail in section
45841 \begin_inset space ~
45845 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45847 reference "sub:Document-Font"
45854 \begin_layout Standard
45857 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
45859 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
45860 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
45861 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
45862 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
45864 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
45865 \begin_inset space ~
45871 \begin_layout Subsection
45873 \begin_inset Index idx
45876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45883 \begin_inset Index idx
45886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45895 \begin_layout Standard
45896 Here you can change all the colors used by LyX.
45897 Choose an item in the list and use the
45904 \begin_layout Standard
45905 By using the option
45909 the color scheme of your OS or window manager is used.
45912 cursor, selection, table line, text, URL
45913 \begin_inset space ~
45917 \begin_inset space ~
45922 are then not customizable and thus not listed.
45925 \begin_layout Subsection
45927 \begin_inset Index idx
45930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45939 \begin_layout Standard
45940 Here you can specify if graphics inside LyX are displayed.
45943 \begin_layout Standard
45948 enables previewing snippets of your document.
45949 This feature is described in section
45950 \begin_inset space ~
45954 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45956 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
45963 \begin_layout Standard
45967 \begin_inset space ~
45971 \begin_inset space ~
45975 \begin_inset space ~
45980 displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph.
45983 \begin_layout Section
45985 \begin_inset Index idx
45988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45997 \begin_layout Subsection
46001 \begin_layout Subsubsection
46005 \begin_layout Standard
46008 Cursor follows scrollbar
46010 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
46014 \begin_layout Standard
46015 You can adjust the width of the cursor.
46016 If you set the value to zero the thickness of the cursor scales relative
46017 to the zoom value you choose for the screen fonts.
46020 \begin_layout Standard
46023 Scroll below end of document
46025 is self-explanatory.
46028 \begin_layout Standard
46029 In LyX one can jump from word to word by pressing
46036 Use Mac-style for cursor moving between words
46038 the cursor jumps from the end of a word to the end of the next word.
46039 Normally it jumps from the beginning to the beginning.
46042 \begin_layout Standard
46045 Sort environments alphabetically
46047 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
46050 \begin_layout Standard
46053 Group environments by their category
46055 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
46058 \begin_layout Standard
46059 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
46071 \begin_layout Subsubsection
46075 \begin_layout Standard
46076 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
46081 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
46082 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen; the text then
46086 \begin_layout Subsection
46088 \begin_inset Index idx
46091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46098 \begin_inset Index idx
46101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46102 Settings ! Shortcuts
46110 \begin_layout Subsubsection
46114 \begin_layout Standard
46115 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
46116 Several binding files are available:
46119 \begin_layout Description
46120 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
46123 \begin_layout Description
46124 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
46135 \begin_layout Description
46136 mac.bind set of bindings for
46139 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46147 \begin_layout Standard
46148 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
46152 , and bind files for special languages.
46153 The names of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
46154 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46158 \begin_inset space \space{}
46162 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46166 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46170 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
46174 \begin_layout Standard
46175 Some bind-files, like
46179 , have only a small scope.
46180 When looking at the end of the file
46184 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
46187 \begin_layout Subsubsection
46189 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46191 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
46196 \begin_inset Index idx
46199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46200 Key Bindings ! Editing
46208 \begin_layout Standard
46209 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
46210 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
46211 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
46214 Show key-bindings containing
46217 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
46218 Insert there for example as keyword
46219 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46223 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46226 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
46228 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46232 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46236 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
46237 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
46241 that you will find in the
46248 \begin_layout Standard
46250 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46254 \begin_inset space \space{}
46265 , select the function and press the
46270 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
46271 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
46272 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
46273 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
46274 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
46276 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
46278 The binding for the function
46282 is an example of this.
46285 \begin_layout Standard
46286 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
46288 The syntax of the entries is:
46291 \begin_layout Standard
46297 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46301 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46305 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46309 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46315 \begin_layout Subsection
46317 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46319 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
46324 \begin_inset Index idx
46327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46334 \begin_inset Index idx
46337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46338 Settings ! Keyboard Map
46346 \begin_layout Standard
46347 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
46348 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
46350 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46354 \begin_inset space \space{}
46357 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
46358 can use the keyboard map file named
46365 \begin_layout Standard
46366 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
46369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46374 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
46382 \begin_layout Standard
46383 You can furthermore specify here the
46385 Wheel scrolling speed
46388 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
46392 \begin_layout Standard
46397 you can select a key for zooming.
46398 When this key is pressed and the mouse wheel is rotated, the text is zoomed.
46401 \begin_layout Subsection
46405 \begin_layout Standard
46406 Input completion is described in sec.
46407 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46411 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46413 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
46420 \begin_layout Section
46422 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46429 \begin_inset Index idx
46432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46439 \begin_inset Index idx
46442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46451 \begin_layout Description
46453 \begin_inset space ~
46456 directory This is LyX's working directory.
46457 It is the default when you
46468 \begin_inset space ~
46476 \begin_layout Description
46478 \begin_inset space ~
46481 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
46483 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
46485 \begin_inset space ~
46489 \begin_inset space ~
46497 \begin_layout Description
46499 \begin_inset space ~
46502 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
46508 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
46512 \begin_inset Newline newline
46516 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
46519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46528 button does not exist when using LyX on Mac OS and Windows systems.
46536 \begin_layout Description
46538 \begin_inset space ~
46542 \begin_inset Index idx
46545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46551 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
46552 If no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
46553 \begin_inset space ~
46557 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46559 reference "sub:Backup documents"
46567 will be used to save the backups.
46568 \begin_inset Newline newline
46571 Backup files have the ending
46572 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46576 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46582 \begin_layout Description
46587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46595 \begin_inset space ~
46598 pipe Here you can enter the name of a so-called UNIX-pipe.
46599 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
46600 \begin_inset Newline newline
46607 You add a BibTeX-database
46612 You can edit this file with the program
46621 you have to use the same Unix-Pipe for LyX in its preferences under
46624 \begin_inset space ~
46630 If you want to get one entry of the database as citation, select it in
46635 and click on the LyX-symbol.
46636 The entry will now be inserted as citation at the current cursor position
46642 and LyX need of course to be run the same time.
46643 \begin_inset Newline newline
46646 The pipe is also used for the
46651 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46655 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46657 reference "sub:Backup documents"
46662 \begin_inset Newline newline
46665 To use the LyXServer-Pipe on Windows, you must use this pipe name:
46666 \begin_inset Newline newline
46682 \begin_layout Description
46684 \begin_inset space ~
46687 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
46690 \begin_layout Description
46692 \begin_inset space ~
46695 dictionary Directory where the thesaurus dictionaries are located.
46696 You only need to specify it if the thesaurus does otherwise not work or
46697 if you want to use custom/alternative dictionaries.
46700 \begin_layout Description
46702 \begin_inset space ~
46705 dictionary Directory where the dictionaries of the spell checker program
46711 You only need to specify it if you are using
46715 and spell checking does otherwise not work or if you want to use custom/alterna
46721 is the only available spell checker and should work without specifying
46725 \begin_layout Description
46727 \begin_inset space ~
46730 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
46731 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
46732 to find it on the system.
46733 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
46734 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
46736 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46740 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46743 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
46744 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
46747 \begin_layout Description
46749 \begin_inset space ~
46752 prefix The TEXINPUTS environment variable allows to use external files which
46753 are included to a LyX document via commands in TeX code or in the document
46755 This prefix includes by default the document directory (represented by
46757 The prefix can contain any list of paths separated by the default separator
46758 of the OS (':' on UNIX like systems and ';' on Windows).
46759 If files are included, the paths listed in the TEXINPUTS prefix will be
46760 scanned for the input files.
46761 Note that any non-absolute path listed in the TEXINPUTS prefix is considered
46762 to be relative to the directory of your LyX file.
46763 It is recommended to include always '.' as one of the paths, otherwise compilati
46764 on may fail for some documents.
46767 \begin_layout Section
46771 \begin_layout Standard
46772 Here you can insert your name and email address.
46773 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
46775 \begin_inset space ~
46779 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46781 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
46785 , to mark changes you make as yours.
46788 \begin_layout Section
46790 \begin_inset Index idx
46793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46794 Language ! Settings
46800 \begin_inset Index idx
46803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46804 Settings ! Language
46812 \begin_layout Subsection
46814 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46816 name "sub:Prefs-Language"
46823 \begin_layout Description
46825 \begin_inset space ~
46829 \begin_inset space ~
46832 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
46833 You find the actual translation status here:
46834 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46836 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
46843 \begin_layout Description
46845 \begin_inset space ~
46848 package determines which LaTeX package should be loaded to handle language
46850 Language issues that are handled by this package include proper hyphenation
46851 as well as localization of dates and text strings such as
46852 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46856 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46860 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46864 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46868 The most widespread language package is
46873 \begin_inset Index idx
46876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46877 LaTeX-packages ! babel
46882 , it is the default language package in classic LaTeX.
46883 More recent typesetting engines such as XeTeX and LuaTeX come with the
46884 alternative language package
46889 \begin_inset Index idx
46892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46893 LaTeX-packages ! polyglossia
46898 that is more suited for the multi-script support of these engines.
46899 Furthermore, there are also specific language packages for languages not
46901 The available selections are described in sec.
46902 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46906 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46908 reference "sec:Language-encodings"
46915 \begin_layout Description
46917 \begin_inset space ~
46920 start If a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
46921 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
46922 An example is the start command
46928 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
46933 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
46948 selectlanguage{$$lang}
46953 \begin_layout Description
46955 \begin_inset space ~
46963 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
46964 command toggles the package on and off.
46967 \begin_layout Description
46969 \begin_inset space ~
46973 \begin_inset space ~
46976 Point Define the default decimal point for the use in tables (decimal point
46980 \begin_layout Description
46982 \begin_inset space ~
46986 \begin_inset space ~
46989 globally When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
46990 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
46991 used by all LaTeX-packages.
46992 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
46999 \begin_layout Description
47001 \begin_inset space ~
47004 begin When this option is set, documents start with the chosen document
47006 When this option is not set, the
47009 \begin_inset space ~
47014 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
47015 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
47018 \begin_inset space ~
47026 \begin_layout Description
47028 \begin_inset space ~
47034 \begin_inset space ~
47040 When it is not set, the
47043 \begin_inset space ~
47048 is set to the end of the document.
47051 \begin_layout Description
47053 \begin_inset space ~
47057 \begin_inset space ~
47060 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
47061 language will be underlined in blue.
47064 \begin_layout Description
47066 \begin_inset space ~
47070 \begin_inset space ~
47073 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
47074 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
47077 \begin_layout Description
47079 \begin_inset space ~
47082 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
47083 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
47084 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
47085 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
47088 \begin_layout Subsection
47092 \begin_layout Standard
47093 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
47094 \begin_inset space ~
47098 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47100 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
47107 \begin_layout Section
47111 \begin_layout Subsection
47115 \begin_layout Description
47117 \begin_inset space ~
47121 \begin_inset space ~
47124 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
47127 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
47128 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
47130 \begin_inset space ~
47136 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
47140 \begin_layout Description
47142 \begin_inset space ~
47146 \begin_inset Index idx
47149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47156 \begin_inset Index idx
47159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47160 Settings ! Date format
47165 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
47166 \begin_inset Newline newline
47170 \begin_inset Flex URL
47173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47175 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
47181 \begin_inset Newline newline
47184 For example the format
47185 \begin_inset Newline newline
47189 \begin_inset Newline newline
47192 prints the date as day/month/year.
47195 \begin_layout Description
47197 \begin_inset space ~
47201 \begin_inset space ~
47204 export Setting what LyX is allowed to overwrite on export.
47207 \begin_layout Description
47209 \begin_inset space ~
47212 search Commands that will be used for the menu
47214 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
47216 \begin_inset space ~
47222 For a detailed description see section
47224 Reverse DVI/PDF search
47229 \begin_inset space ~
47237 \begin_layout Subsection
47239 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47246 \begin_inset Index idx
47249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47256 \begin_inset Index idx
47259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47268 \begin_layout Description
47270 \begin_inset space ~
47273 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
47274 The name will be used when the
47279 \begin_inset Newline newline
47283 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
47286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47291 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
47299 \begin_layout Description
47301 \begin_inset space ~
47304 command is the command LyX
47305 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47309 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47312 LaTeX uses for printing.
47320 \begin_layout Description
47322 \begin_inset space ~
47326 \begin_inset space ~
47329 Options Here you can specify printer options.
47330 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
47331 of the program that provides the
47338 \begin_layout Description
47340 \begin_inset space ~
47344 \begin_inset space ~
47348 \begin_inset space ~
47351 printer This option works only for the
47356 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47364 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47368 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
47369 This is an option only for dvips experts.
47372 \begin_layout Subsection
47377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47385 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47387 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
47392 \begin_inset Index idx
47395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47404 \begin_layout Description
47406 \begin_inset space ~
47413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47421 \begin_inset space ~
47425 \begin_inset space ~
47428 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
47433 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
47454 are used for Cyrillic.
47455 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
47456 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47464 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47468 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
47469 LyX sets up in the background.
47470 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
47473 \begin_layout Description
47475 \begin_inset space ~
47479 \begin_inset space ~
47482 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
47487 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
47490 \begin_layout Description
47492 \begin_inset space ~
47496 \begin_inset space ~
47500 \begin_inset space ~
47504 \begin_inset space ~
47507 options They only have an effect when the program
47511 is used as DVI-viewer, read its manual to find out more.
47514 \begin_layout Standard
47515 Here you can also specify options and commands with parameters for processors.
47516 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
47517 manuals of the applications.
47520 \begin_layout Description
47522 \begin_inset space ~
47525 generation Settings for the generation of the bibliography, see section
47526 \begin_inset space ~
47530 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47532 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
47539 \begin_layout Description
47541 \begin_inset space ~
47544 generation Settings for the generation of the index, see section
47545 \begin_inset space ~
47549 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47551 reference "sub:Index-Program"
47558 \begin_layout Description
47560 \begin_inset space ~
47563 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
47564 \begin_inset space ~
47568 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47570 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
47577 \begin_layout Description
47582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47590 \begin_inset space ~
47593 command Command for the program
47597 that is described in the section
47603 Additional Features
47608 \begin_layout Standard
47609 There are additionally the following options:
47612 \begin_layout Description
47614 \begin_inset space ~
47618 \begin_inset space ~
47622 \begin_inset space ~
47626 \begin_inset space ~
47630 \begin_inset space ~
47633 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
47634 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47640 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47644 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47648 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47651 to separate folders.
47652 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
47653 \begin_inset Index idx
47656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47663 \begin_inset Index idx
47666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47675 \begin_layout Description
47677 \begin_inset space ~
47681 \begin_inset space ~
47685 \begin_inset space ~
47689 \begin_inset space ~
47693 \begin_inset space ~
47697 \begin_inset space ~
47700 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
47702 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
47705 dialog when changing the document class.
47708 \begin_layout Section
47710 \begin_inset space ~
47714 \begin_inset Index idx
47717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47726 \begin_layout Subsection
47728 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47730 name "sub:Converters"
47735 \begin_inset Index idx
47738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47747 \begin_layout Standard
47748 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
47749 from one format to another.
47750 You can modify converters or create new ones.
47751 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
47758 \begin_inset space ~
47768 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
47772 \begin_inset space ~
47777 drop-down list, modify the
47781 field and press the
47788 \begin_layout Standard
47791 Converter File Cache
47793 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
47796 Maximum Age (in days
47799 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
47800 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
47803 \begin_layout Standard
47804 More about converters, like the flags that can be used in the converter
47805 definition, is described in the section
47816 \begin_layout Subsection
47818 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47820 name "sec:File-Formats"
47825 \begin_inset Index idx
47828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47835 \begin_inset Index idx
47838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47847 \begin_layout Standard
47848 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
47849 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
47853 \begin_layout Standard
47854 Furthermore, you can define the
47856 Default output format
47858 that is used when you use
47860 View, Update, View Master Document
47864 Update Master Document
47870 menu or the toolbar.
47873 \begin_layout Standard
47874 More about formats and their options is described in the section
47885 \begin_layout Standard
47886 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
47887 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
47888 to the temporary directory so that the conversion may be performed.
47889 This is done by specifying a
47894 More about this is described in the section
47905 \begin_layout Chapter
47906 Units available in LyX
47907 \begin_inset Index idx
47910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47917 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47919 name "chap:Units-available-in"
47926 \begin_layout Standard
47927 To understand the units described in this documentation,
47928 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47930 reference "tab:Units"
47934 explains all units available in LyX.
47937 \begin_layout Standard
47938 \begin_inset Float table
47944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47945 \begin_inset Caption
47947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47948 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47963 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
47969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47971 \begin_inset Tabular
47972 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
47973 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
47974 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
47975 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
47977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48071 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48075 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48099 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48103 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48126 scaled point (65536
48127 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48131 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48155 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48159 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48183 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48187 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
48191 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48215 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48219 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48242 % of original image width
48249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48431 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48435 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48456 \begin_layout Chapter
48458 \begin_inset CommandInset label
48460 name "chap:Credits"
48467 \begin_layout Standard
48468 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
48469 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
48472 \begin_layout Itemize
48475 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
48478 \begin_layout Itemize
48484 \begin_layout Itemize
48490 \begin_layout Itemize
48496 \begin_layout Itemize
48502 \begin_layout Itemize
48508 \begin_layout Itemize
48514 \begin_layout Itemize
48520 \begin_layout Itemize
48523 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
48526 \begin_layout Itemize
48532 \begin_layout Itemize
48538 \begin_layout Itemize
48544 \begin_layout Itemize
48550 \begin_layout Itemize
48556 \begin_layout Itemize
48562 \begin_layout Itemize
48568 \begin_layout Itemize
48574 \begin_layout Itemize
48576 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
48585 \begin_layout Standard
48586 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
48589 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
48596 \begin_layout Bibliography
48597 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48598 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48599 LatexCommand bibitem
48606 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48609 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
48614 \begin_inset Newline newline
48618 \begin_inset Flex URL
48621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48623 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
48631 \begin_layout Bibliography
48632 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48633 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48634 LatexCommand bibitem
48635 key "latexcompanion"
48639 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
48641 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
48644 Addison-Wesley, 2004
48647 \begin_layout Bibliography
48648 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48649 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48650 LatexCommand bibitem
48655 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
48658 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
48661 Addison-Wesley, 2003
48664 \begin_layout Bibliography
48665 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48666 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48667 LatexCommand bibitem
48674 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
48677 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
48680 \begin_layout Bibliography
48681 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48682 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48683 LatexCommand bibitem
48695 Addison-Wesley, 1984
48698 \begin_layout Bibliography
48699 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48700 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48701 LatexCommand bibitem
48707 \begin_inset Newline newline
48711 \begin_inset Flex URL
48714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48716 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
48724 \begin_layout Bibliography
48725 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48726 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48727 LatexCommand bibitem
48733 \begin_inset Newline newline
48737 \begin_inset Flex URL
48740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48742 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
48750 \begin_layout Bibliography
48751 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48752 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48753 LatexCommand bibitem
48759 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48761 name "Documentation"
48762 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
48771 \begin_inset Newline newline
48775 \begin_inset Flex URL
48778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48780 http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
48788 \begin_layout Bibliography
48789 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48790 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48791 LatexCommand bibitem
48797 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48799 name "Documentation"
48800 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
48804 how to use the program
48809 \begin_inset Newline newline
48813 \begin_inset Flex URL
48816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48818 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
48826 \begin_layout Bibliography
48827 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48828 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48829 LatexCommand bibitem
48835 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48837 name "Documentation"
48838 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf"
48847 \begin_inset Newline newline
48851 \begin_inset Flex URL
48854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48856 http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf
48864 \begin_layout Bibliography
48865 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48866 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48867 LatexCommand bibitem
48873 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48875 name "Documentation"
48876 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
48885 \begin_inset Newline newline
48889 \begin_inset Flex URL
48892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48894 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
48902 \begin_layout Bibliography
48903 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48904 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48905 LatexCommand bibitem
48911 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48913 name "Documentation"
48914 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
48918 of the LaTeX-package
48923 \begin_inset Index idx
48926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48927 LaTeX-packages ! caption
48933 \begin_inset Newline newline
48937 \begin_inset Flex URL
48940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48942 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
48950 \begin_layout Bibliography
48951 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48952 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48953 LatexCommand bibitem
48959 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48961 name "Documentation"
48962 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf"
48966 of the LaTeX-package
48971 \begin_inset Index idx
48974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48975 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
48981 \begin_inset Newline newline
48985 \begin_inset Flex URL
48988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48990 http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf
48998 \begin_layout Bibliography
48999 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49000 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49001 LatexCommand bibitem
49007 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49009 name "Documentation"
49010 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
49014 of the LaTeX-package
49019 \begin_inset Index idx
49022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49023 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
49029 \begin_inset Newline newline
49033 \begin_inset Flex URL
49036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49038 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
49046 \begin_layout Bibliography
49047 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49048 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49049 LatexCommand bibitem
49057 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49059 name "Documentation"
49060 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
49066 of the LaTeX-package
49071 \begin_inset Index idx
49074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49075 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
49081 \begin_inset Newline newline
49085 \begin_inset Flex URL
49088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49090 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
49098 \begin_layout Bibliography
49099 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49100 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49101 LatexCommand bibitem
49107 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49109 name "Documentation"
49110 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
49114 of the LaTeX-package
49119 \begin_inset Index idx
49122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49123 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
49129 \begin_inset Newline newline
49133 \begin_inset Flex URL
49136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49138 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
49146 \begin_layout Bibliography
49147 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49148 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49149 LatexCommand bibitem
49155 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49157 name "Documentation"
49158 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf"
49162 of the LaTeX-package
49167 \begin_inset Index idx
49170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49171 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
49177 \begin_inset Newline newline
49181 \begin_inset Flex URL
49184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49186 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf
49194 \begin_layout Bibliography
49195 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49196 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49197 LatexCommand bibitem
49203 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49205 name "Documentation"
49206 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf"
49210 of the LaTeX-package
49215 \begin_inset Index idx
49218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49219 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
49225 \begin_inset Newline newline
49229 \begin_inset Flex URL
49232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49234 http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf
49242 \begin_layout Bibliography
49243 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49244 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49245 LatexCommand bibitem
49251 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49253 name "Documentation"
49254 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
49258 of the LaTeX-package
49263 \begin_inset Index idx
49266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49267 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
49273 \begin_inset Newline newline
49277 \begin_inset Flex URL
49280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49282 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
49290 \begin_layout Bibliography
49291 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49292 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49293 LatexCommand bibitem
49299 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49302 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
49306 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
49307 \begin_inset Newline newline
49311 \begin_inset Flex URL
49314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49316 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
49324 \begin_layout Bibliography
49325 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49326 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49327 LatexCommand bibitem
49333 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49336 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
49340 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
49341 \begin_inset Newline newline
49345 \begin_inset Flex URL
49348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49350 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
49358 \begin_layout Bibliography
49359 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49360 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49361 LatexCommand bibitem
49367 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49370 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
49374 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
49375 \begin_inset Newline newline
49379 \begin_inset Flex URL
49382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49384 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
49392 \begin_layout Bibliography
49393 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49394 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49395 LatexCommand bibitem
49401 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49404 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
49408 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
49409 \begin_inset Newline newline
49413 \begin_inset Flex URL
49416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49418 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
49426 \begin_layout Bibliography
49427 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49428 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49429 LatexCommand bibitem
49435 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49438 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
49442 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
49443 \begin_inset Newline newline
49447 \begin_inset Flex URL
49450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49452 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
49460 \begin_layout Bibliography
49461 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49462 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49463 LatexCommand bibitem
49469 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49472 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
49476 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
49477 \begin_inset Newline newline
49481 \begin_inset Flex URL
49484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49486 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
49494 \begin_layout Bibliography
49495 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49496 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49497 LatexCommand bibitem
49503 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49506 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
49510 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
49511 \begin_inset Newline newline
49515 \begin_inset Flex URL
49518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49520 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
49528 \begin_layout Bibliography
49529 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49530 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49531 LatexCommand bibitem
49537 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49540 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
49544 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
49545 \begin_inset Newline newline
49549 \begin_inset Flex URL
49552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49554 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
49562 \begin_layout Bibliography
49563 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49564 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49565 LatexCommand bibitem
49571 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49574 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
49578 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
49579 \begin_inset Newline newline
49583 \begin_inset Flex URL
49586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49588 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
49596 \begin_layout Bibliography
49597 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49598 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49599 LatexCommand bibitem
49605 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49608 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20"
49612 about new features in
49617 \begin_inset Newline newline
49621 \begin_inset Flex URL
49624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49626 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20
49634 \begin_layout Standard
49635 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
49642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49669 \begin_inset Note Note
49672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49679 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
49680 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
49681 bibliography is the second one:
49689 \begin_layout Standard
49690 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
49691 LatexCommand bibtex
49692 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
49693 options "biblio/alphadin"
49700 \begin_layout Standard
49701 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
49704 \begin_layout Standard
49705 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
49706 LatexCommand printnomenclature
49712 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
49713 LatexCommand printindex